EPA 440/1-74/030-^
Group 1, Phase II
Development Document for
Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
New Source Performance Standards
fot the
FABRICATED AND RECLAIMED
Segment of the
RUBBER PROCESSING
Point Source Category
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENfCY
DECEMBER 19.74
-------
• •*/jo3*
I-
DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT
for
EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES
and
NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
for the
Russell E. Train
Admi
nistrator
Janes L. Agee
Assistant Administrate? for Water and
Hazardous Materials
Ti* Allen Cywln
Director, Effluent Guidelines Division
Richard
Project
J. Klnch
Officer
December, 1974
D. C. 20460
*<* M. b, tb. fc.prt.uote « Doeo^ta, UA Oormn,
-------
-------
k-m
ABSTRACT
This document presents the findings of an extensive study of
the rubber processing industry to develop effluent
limitations guidelines, Federal standards of performance,
and pretreatment standards for the industry, to implement
sections 304, 306, and 307 of the Federal Mater Pollution
Control Act, as amended (33 USC 1251, 1314, and 1316; 86
Stat 816).
Effluent limitations guidelines contained herein set forth
in the degree of effluent reduction attainable through the
application of the best practicable control technology
currently available and the degree of effluent reduction
attainable through the app
Heat ion of the best available
technology economically achievable, which must be achieved
by existing point sources by July 1, 1977 and July 1, 1983,
respectively. The Standards of Performance for new sources
contained herein set forth the degree of effluent reduction
which is achievable through the application of the best
available demonstrated control technology, processes,
operating methods, or other a ternatives.
The development of data and recommendations 1n the document
relate to the overall rubber processing Industry which is
divided into four major .segments: general molded, extruded
and fabricated rubber products, wet digester rubber
reclaiming, pan (heater), mechanical and dry digestion
rubber reclaiming and latek-based products. The industry
has been further subcategorized into seven subcategories on
the basis of the characteristics of the manufacturing
processes involved. Separate effluent limitations were
developed for each category on the basis of the level of raw
waste load as well as on the J
by suggested model systems. _.,_
biological and physical/chemical treatment.
Supportive data and the rationale for development of the
effluent limitations guidelines and standards of performance
are contained in this report.
degree of treatment achievable
These systems Include both
1i
-------
CONTENTS
•*'
Section
I
n
m
17
VI
ABSTKO?
TABLES
FIGURES
CONCLUSIONS
REXDCWMENDRTIONS
Purpose and Authority
Summary of Methods Used for Development
of the Effluent Limitations Guidelines
and Standards of Performance
General Description of the Industry
of gpngra^ Molded Products
Manufacture of General Extruded Products
Manufacture of General Fabricated Products
Reclaimed Rubbed Production '
Depolymerizationj —
Manufacture of General Latex-Based Products
CZATIC&J
and Fabricated Rubber Products
INDUSTRY CATBQORI5
Introduction
Molded, Extruded
Rubber Reclaiming
Latex-Based Products
WASTE CHARACTERIZATIC fl
General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated
Rubber Subcatebories
Wet Digestion, Pan (Heater), Mechanical
and Dry Digestion
Rubber Reclaimling Industries
Latex-Based Products
SELECTICN OF POLLUTIO!? PARMETERS ,
General Molded, Sxtruded, and Fabricated
Rubber Subcatebories
Rubber Reclaim Industry
Latex-Based Products
V11
x1
1
5
15
15
16
18
19
26
32
46
48
52
67
67
67
71
74
77
77
82
86
91
91
99
107
-------
Section
VII
VIII
XI
XII
xrii
xrv
CONTENTS
(Continued)
OON1K2L AND TREATMENT
2SCHNQLOGY
Survey of Selected Plants
Digestion Rubber Reclaiming
Latex-Based Sufccabegories
COST,
T, AND
b
QU&Lny
Latex-Based Products
Latex-Based Prcductis
BEST AVAIIABLE
Latex-Based Subcat
ies
Effluent Limitations
Rretreatment Recommendations
BIBLIOGRAPHY
C3LOSSAKY
VI
ACHIEVABLE
Page
117
117
140
144
146
148
153
353
164
Y70'
174
201
201
208
209
211
219
219
220
221
221
225
225
226
229
231
233
-------
" Table No.
1
3
4
1967 Shipments of
by U.S. Producers
TABLES
Title
General Molded Products
Process-Associated Waste Water Sources
from the Production of Molded Rubber
Items
1967 Shipments of
General Extruded
Products by U.S. Producers
Process-Associated Waste Water Sources
from the Production of Extruded Rubber
Products Including Rubber Hose and
Belting (SIC 3041)
Page
20
27
28
31
•! ' ' - I ' • '
.5 1967 Shipments of | General Fabricated
Products by U.S. Producers
; , • • 1 -- -
6 Process-Associate*
f From Rubber F«ptw<
1 7 Consumption of Ret
i L Product
-._ jt 8 Process-Associate<
gJI from Rubber Recla:
; 9 1967 Shipments of
f Products by U.S. I
; •
: 10 Process-Associatec
from Latex-Based I
! . 11 Process-Associate<
from Cement Dippet
1 Waste Water Sources
tar Production
claimed Rubber by
'
1 Waste Water Sources
jning
General Latex-Based
'roducers
I Waste Water Sources
lipped Goods Production
1 Waste Water Sources
i Goods Production
i! I 12 Raw Waste Loads of Total Effluent from
1 Subcategories E, F9 and G. Plants
_ 13 Raw Waste Loads of Process Effluents
from Typical Subcategories E, F, and G
14 Raw Waste Loads oi
Subcategories H ai
Total Effluent from
id I Plants
vii
33
^
42
•47
53
54
58
62
78
81
83
•-. . • - .••'..' ,-..•..•
-------
'Ill
Table No.
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
4.
.26
TABLES
(Continued)
tit
Title
Raw Waste Loads of Process Effluents from
Typical Subcategories H and I Processes
Raw Waste Loads of Process Effluents from
Subcategories J and K Facilities
Raw Waste Loads of Process Effluents from
Typical Subcategories J and K Facilities
Waste Water Control and Treatment Technologies
at Subcategories E,F,j & G Plants with Exemplary
Features
Waste Water Control £ nd Treatment Technologies
for Subcategories H,I,J, and K plants with
Exemplary Features
Estimated Waste Watei
Different Degrees of
Subcategory E Plant
Estimated Waste Watei
Different Degrees of
Subcategory F Plant
Estimated Waste Watei
Different Degrees of
Subcategory G Plant
Treatment Costs at
Treatment for a
Treatment Costs at
Treatment for a
Treatment Costs at
Treatment for a
Estimated Waste Water Treatment Costs for
Lead Treatment for Subcategories E,F, and G.
Estimated Waste Watei Control Costs for a Wet
Digestion "Reclaim Plant (Subcategory H)
Estimated Waste Watei
Different Degrees of
Dry Digester, or
(Subcategory I)
Treatment Costs at
Treatment for a Pan,
Reclaim Plant
Mechanical
Estimated Waste Water Control Costs for a
Latex Dipped Plant (Subcategory J)
viii
Page
84
87
90
119
120
156
157
,158
159
I 167
171
178
-------
Table Ko.
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
TABLES
(Continued)
Title
Estimated Waste Water Treatment Costs at
Different Degrees of Treatment for a
Latex Foam Plant (Subcategory K)
BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital
Costs for a Typical-Small-Sized Molded,
Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
(Subcategory E)
BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs
for a Typical Medium-Sized Molded, Extruded
or Fabricated Rubber Plant (Subcategory F)
BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs
for a Typical Large-Sized Molded, Extruded
or Fabricated Rubber Plant (Subcategory G)
BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Costs for a Typical
Wet Digestion Rubber Reclaiming Plant
(Subcategory H)
BPCTCA and BATEA
for a Typical Plan,
leal Reclaim Plant
Treatment
Capital Costs
Dry Digester or Mechan-
(Subcategory I)
BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs
for a Typical Latex Dipping -Production
Facility (Subcategory J)
Technology_A .Capital Costs for a Typical
Latex Foam Plant (Subcategory K)
Technology B Capital Costs for. .a Typical
Latex Foam Plant (Subcategory K)
BPCTCA and BATEA
Costs for a .Typical
Extruded or
(Subcategory E)
Operating
Fabricated
and Maintenance
Small-Sized Molded,
Rubber Plant
Page
181
184
. 185
1861
.187
188
189
190
191
197
ttx
-------
Table No.
37
,38
39
40
41
42
43
44
TABLES
(Continued)
Title
BPCTCA and BATEA
Costs for a Typi
Operating and Maintenance
:al Medium-Sized Molded,
Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
(Subcategory F)
BPCTCA and BATEA
Operating and Maintenance
Costs for a Typical Large-Sized Molded,
Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
(Subcategory G)
BPCTCA and BATEA
Costs for a Typical
Reclaiming Plant
Operating and Maintenance
Wet Digestion Rubber
(Subcategory H)
BPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Maintenance
Costs for a Typi :al Pan, Dry Digester or
Mechanical Reclaim Plant (Subcategory I)
BPCTCA and BATEA
Costs for a Typical
"(Subcategory J)
Operating and Maintenance
Latex Dipping Production
Technology A Operating and Maintenance Cost for
a Typical Latex Foam Production Facility
(Subcategory K)
Technology B Operating and Maintenance
Costs for a Typical Latex Foam Production
Facility (Subcategory K)
Conversion Table
Page
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
240
-------
Figure No.
1
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
FIGURES
Title
Flew Diagram for
Typical Molded Item
Flow Diagram for
Typical Extruded
Beltii>g and
the Production of a
the Production of
Items Such as
Sheeting
Flow Diagram for the Production of
Typical Hose Items (Including
Reinforced Types)
Flow Diagram for
the Production
of Typical Canvas Footwear Items
Flow Diagram of Typical Mechanical
Pan (Heater), and Wet Digester
Reclaim Processes
Waste Water Treatment Facility
for Subcategory J Plants
Hypothetical End-jsf-Pipe Primary
and Secondary Waste Water Treatment
Subcc
Page ND.
22
30
34
44
49
Flow Diagram for
of Typical Latex-
Items
Flow Diagram for
of Typical Cement
Flow Diagram for
of Typical Latex
the Production
•Based Dipped
the Production
: Dipped Items
the Production
Foam Items
Waste Water Recycle System for
the Wet Digester Reclaim Process
.•
Hypothetical Wast
and Treatment Fac
Subcategories E/
Hypothetical End-
e Water Segregation
ility for
F, "G, and I Plants
of-Pipe Secondary
56
. 59
63
134
160
T71
180
Facility for Sul
category K Plants
XI
-------
-------
SECTION I
:LUSIONS
CON
There are three major groupings in the fabricated and reclaimed rubber
segment of the rubber processing industry which this report
encompasses. These groupings!, determined on the basis of raw
materials used or products produced, include: 1) General Molded,,
Extruded, and Fabricated Products; 2) Reclaimed Rubber; and 3) Latex-
based Products.
Subcategories referred to withil the development document are labeled
according to the corresponding Subpart used in the Federal Register.
Therefore, since Subpart E within the Federal Register refers to
small-sized General Molded, Extrjuded and Fabricated Rubber Plants,
this subcategory will be referred to as Subcategory E. The
subcategories will be referred tp as follows:
Subcategory E - Small-sized jseneral Molded, Extruded,
and Fabricated Rubber Plants
Subcategory F - Medium-sized
General Molded, Extruded,
and Fabricated Rubber Plants
Subcategory G - Large-sized Seneral Molded, Extruded,
and Fabricated Rubber Plants
Subcategory H - Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber
Subcategory I
Pan, Dry Digestion, and Mechanical
Reclaimed
ibber
Subcategory J - Latex-dipped, Latex-extruded, and
Latex-molded Goods
Subcategory K - Latex Foam
For the purpose of establishing
Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber
facility size, as determined by
water flow_-rates and loadings
substantiate this breakdown.
final product, raw materials, plant
pollution equipment, and the
waters are similar within each
substantiate the subcategorization
effluent limitations. General Molded,
Products has been subcategorized by
usage of raw materials. * Process waste
and costs of control technologies
Factors such as manufacturing process,
age, geographical location, air
nature and treatability of the waste
size subcategory and further
-------
Process waste waters evolved from facilities within Subcategories E,
F, and G include discharges of processing solutions, washdown of plant
areas, runoff from outdoor storage areas, spills and leaks of organic
solvents and lubricating oils, and vulcanizer condensate. Primary
pollutants (or indicators of pollution) in these waste waters are oil
and grease, suspended solids, and acidity and/or alkalinity (pH).
Lead and COD are other pollutants of importance encountered in hose
fabrication which employs lead-sheathed or cloth~wrapped cures.
To be controlled and treatjed, process waste waters must be isolated
from other nonprocess waste waters such as service water discharges
and uncontaminated storm runoff. Treatment of process waste waters in
a combined process/nonprocess system is ineffective because the
relatively large volume of nonprocess waste waters dilute the
contaminated process waste waters. Segregated processing solutions
such as anti-tacking agents can be containerized. Segregated oily
process waste waters can be treated in an API-type separator followed
by a filter coalescer.
Reclaimed Rubber has been further subdivided in this study based on
the process employed. Subcategory H — Wet Digestion Rubber
Reclaiming employs a wet probess; Subcategory I --• Pan (Heater),
Mechanical, and Dry Digestion Rubber Reclaiming utilizes dry
processes. Process waste water flow rates and loadings substantiate
this subcategorization.
Process waste waters evolved by both Subcategory H and Subcategory I
plants include discharges of processing solutions, washdown and runoff
from all plant areas, spillis and leaks of organic solvents and
lubricating oils, and discharges from wet air-pollution control
devices. An additional process waste water evolved by the Wet
Digestion process (Subcategory H) is dewatering liquor. No additional
process waste waters are evolved in the dry processes (Subcategory I).
Primary pollutants (or indicators) are COD, oil and grease, suspended
solids, and acidity and/or alkalinity (pH).
The technologies necessary to
Pan (heater) , Dry Digestion,
are similar to those employed
control and treat waste waters from the
and Mechanical processes (Subcategory I)
for the Molded, Extruded and Fabricated
Rubber subcategories. These include isolation of process waste
streams, containment of processing solution wastes, and treatment of
other process waste waters for suspended solids and oil.
Treatment of processing waste waters from the Wet Digestion process
involves isolation and containment of processing solutions and the
recycle and reuse of oil-contaminated dewatering liquors and
discharges from wet air-pollution equipment.
The Latex-based Products' have been subcategorized based on the
process, plant size, waste water characteristics, and treatability of
-------
V;
the waste waters. There are -two
latex-dipped, latex-extruded,
Subcategory K, latex foam.
sutcategories: Subcategory J, the
and latex-molded' products; and
Process waste waters evolved from both subcategories include product
wash and rinse waters and spill's, and washdown from processing areas„
and runoff from outdoor storage areas. Primary pollutants (or
indicators) are COD, BOD, suspended solids, oil, and acidity and/or
alkalinity (pH). In addition, zinc is present in process waste waters
evolved at latex foam facilities. When chromic acid is used as a
form-cleaning agent, chromium will be present in the process waste
waters from latex-dipped or latex-molded facilities.
The technologies identified to control and treat waste waters from the
production of latex-based products (Subcategory J and Subcategory K)
include segregation of process waste water streams, coagulation and
clarification of latex-laden wasjbe waters, and biological treatment,,
In addition, chemical precipitation of zinc in rinse waters at
facilities producing latex foam may be utilized to comply with zinc
limitations.
-------
-------
3
SECTION II
RECOMMENDATIONS
Process waste waters evolved from sources within the General Molded,
Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Plants Subcategories should be
treated for suspended solids, I oil and grease, lead (where applicable),
and pH. Limitations and standards for the best practicable control
technology currently available are based on raw material usage. For
plants consuming less
materials these are:
than
Effluent
Characteristic
3,720 kg/day (8,200 Ibs/day) of raw
Maximum f ar
any one day
(Metric units) kg/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
PH
0.70
1.28
Oil and grease
TSS
pH
0.70
1.28
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
0.25
0.614
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/1000 Ib of raw material
0.25
0.64
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
Effluent
Characteristi c
V
Maximum for
any one day
T
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
/M
(Metric units) kg/ikkg of raw material
Lead
0.0017
0.0007
-------
(English units) j.b/100 0 Ib of _raw material
Lead
0.0017
For plants utilizing wet scrubbers, an additional allowance for TSS is
as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
(Metric units) kg/kkc
0.0007
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
, consecutive days
sha}! not exceed
of raw material
TSS
TSS
5.8
figuivalent
2.9
(English units) lb/1000 Ib of raw_material
5.8
•For plants consuming between 3,720 kg/day (8,200 Ibs/day) and 10,430
kg/day (23,000 Ibs/day) of raw materials the limitations and standards
are: , v
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed.
(Metric units) feg/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
PH
0.42
0.80
Within
0.15
0.40
the range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) I±L£™nn lb of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
pH
0.80
Within
the range 6.0 to 9.0.
0.15
0.40
-------
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall pot exceed
(Metric units)
Lead
Lead
kg/kkg of raw material
J'
0.001
0.0007
(English units) jLb/tOOOTnlb of^raw_material
0.001
For plants utilizing wet scrubbers, an additional allowance for TSS is
as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
0.0007
Maximum for
any one da'y
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kg/kkg of raw material
TSS
TSS
5.8
5,8
Finally, for plants using r<
equivalent
2.9
(English units) lb/1,QOO Ib of raw material
equivalent
2.9
w material at a rate greater than 10,<»30
kg/day '(23,000 Ibs/day) the recommended effluent standards are:
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
-------
consecutive days
Oil
TSS
nft
P"
Oil
TSS
T-itJ
pH
(Metric units)
and grease
(English units)
and grease
kqr/kk
0.26
0.50
Within <
ib/10(
0.26
0. 50
Within -t
»-•**** +. j. ajwi^ ^=A.wt:ea
3_of raw material
:he
)0 1
he
0.093
0.25
range 6.0 to 9,0.
Lb of raw ma*-<»rT^i
0.093
0.25
range 6.0 to 9.0.
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
(Metric units) kg/kkg
Lead
Lead
0.0017
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
.of raw material
0.0007
(English units) ib^000_lb^of_raw_inaterial
0.0017
scrubbers,
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
(Metric units)
0.0007
additional allowance for TSS is
Effluent
Limitatigns
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not
kq/kkcr of raw material
equivalent"
TSS
5.8
2.9
-------
(English units) J.b/
TSS
5.8
OOP Ib of raw material
equivalent
2.9
For all three subcategories; BPCTCA, BATEA, and NSPS are equivalent
except for the allowance for
-------
any one day
(Metric units) kq/kkq
COD
Oil and grease
TSS
PH
14.7
0.40
1.04
Within t
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
of product
6.11
0.144
0.52
range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/1.000 lb of product
COD
Oil and grease
TSS
pH
14.7
0.40
1.04
Within t
6.11
0.144
0.52
range 6.0 to 9.
For Subcategory Ef no additional reduction is reconmended for the
limitations and standards on COD, suspended solids, or oil represented
by the best available technoljogy economically achievable or for new
sources coming on stream after the guidelines are put into effect. It
is recognized that no reclaimed rubber sources using the wet digestion
process are likely to come on stream. Reasonable alternatives to the
Wet Digestion process are the pan, dry digester or mechanical
processes. These processes generate a less contaminated waste water
and, according to industry spokesmen, are economically more favorable.
Process waste waters evolved fron the Pan, Dry Digestion or Mechanical
Rubber Reclaiming industry (Subcategory I) should be treated for
suspended solids, oil and pH. Limitations and standards for the best
practicable control technology
material usage and are as follows:
sr
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
(Metric units) kq/kkq
Oil and grease
TSS
PH
0.40
0.384
Within t
currently available are based on raw
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
of product
0.144
0.192
:ie range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/1000 lb of product
-------
Oil and grease
TSS
pH
O.«*0
0.384
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
mechanical
process.
reclaimed rubber
Effluent
Cha racteri sti c
0.144
0.192
The following COD limitations may apply to pan, dry digestion, and
processes integrated with a wet digestion
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
COD
COD
(Metric units) kg
6.7
/k
kg of product
2.8
. (English units) lb/1000 Ib of product
6.7
2.8
No additional reduction is recommended for the limitations represented
by the best available technology economically achievable or for new
sources coming on-stream after the guidelines are put into effect.
contaminants in the process waste waters evolved from latex-dipped,
latex-extruded and latex-molded operations (Subcategory J) should be
controlled and treated for
BOD, suspended solids, oil, chromium, and
pH. The limitations and standards for the best practicable control
technology currently available are based on total latex solids
consumption and are -as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Li mi ta t ion s
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
sha11 not exceed
XkJ
(Metric units) kcr/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease
BOD 5
TSS~
pH
2.0
3.72
6.96
With
0.73
2.20
2.90
.n the range 6.0 to 9.0.
11
-------
(English units) lb/1000
Oil and'grease
BODS
TSS~
pH
2.0
3.72
6.96
Within
the
lb of raw material
0.73
2.20
2.90
range 6.0 to 9.0.
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to
chromic acid form cleaning operations are subject to the following
limitation. ^
> Effluent
Characteristic
Effluent
Limitations
Maximum for
any one day
Average of daily .
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kg/kkg of raw material
Chromium
0.0086
(English units) lb/1000
Chromium
0.0086
0.0036
lb of raw material
0.0036
No additional reduction is recommended for the limitations represented
by the best available technology Economically achievable or for new
sources coming on-stream after thd guidelines are put into effect.
Contaminants in process waste waters evolved from latex foam
operations (Subcategory K) include^ BOD, suspended solids, zinc, and
pH. The limitations for the best practicable control technology
currently available are based on total latex solids consumption and
are as follows:
Effluent
Characteristi c
Effluent
llimitations
Maximum for
any one day
(Metric units) kq/kkg of raw material
Zinc
0.058
12
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
-------
BOD5
TSS
- pH
Zinc
BOD5
TSS
pH
2.26
Within
(English units) lb/J(
0.058
2.4
2.26
Within
1.4
0.94
the range 6.0 to 9.0.
OOP Ib of raw material
0.024
1.4
0.9U
the range 6.0 to 9.0,
No additional reduction is recommended for the limitations represented
by the best available technology economically achievable or for new
sources coming on-stream after the guidelines are put into effect.
13
-------
-------
mil
SECTION III
INTRODUCTION
Purpose and Authority
Section 301 (b) of the Act requires the achievement, by not later than
July 1, 1977, of effluent limitations for point sources (other than
publicly owned treatment works) which are based on the application of
the "best practicable control technology currently available" as de-
fined by the Administrator pursuant to Section 304(b) of the Act.
Section 301(b) also requires the achievement, by not later than July
1, 1983, of effluent limitations for point sources (other than
publicly owned treatment works) which are based on the application of
the "best available technology economically achievable" which will
result in reasonable further progress toward the national goal of
eliminating the discharge I of all pollutants, as' determined in
accordance with regulations issued by the Administrator pursuamt to
Section 304(b) of the Act. I
Section 306 of the Act requires the achievement by new sources of a
Federal standard of performance providing for the control of the dis-
charge of pollutants that |would reflect the greatest degree of
effluent reduction which the Administrator determines to be achievable
through the application of the "best available demonstrated control
technology, processes, operating methods, or other alternatives",
including, where practicable,
pollutants.
a standard permitting no discharge of
Section 304(b) of the Act requires the Administrator to publish,
within one year of enactment of the Act, regulations providing
guidelines for effluent limitations setting forths
The degree of effluent
plication of the
currently available.
reduction attainable through the ap-
best practicable control technology
2. The degree of effluent reduction attainable through the ap-
plication of the best control measures and practices
achievable (including treatment techniques, process and
procedure innovations, operation methods, and other
alternatives).
The regulations herein set
pursuant to Section 304(b) of
forth effluent limitation guidelines
the Act for the fabricated and reclaimed
rubber segment of the rubber processing industry which encompasses the
15
-------
manufacturer of rubber footwear, reclaimed rubber, rubber hose and
belting, miscellaneous fabricated- rubber products, rubber
rubber packing and retreaded tirejs,
* °f
to Section 306 (b) (1) (A) of
establishing Federal standards of
such categories. " - - - -
of January 16,
Publication of
Admini strator's
the Act requires the Administrator, within one ypar
sources is included in a list published pursuant
regulations
within
the Act, to propose
. - performances for new source wxtmn
,«-,,Administrator published, in the Federal Register
1973 (38 F.R. 1624), a list of 27 source
the list constituted announcement of the
intention of
r,,-^ .- establishing, under Section 306,
performance applicable to new sources within the rubber
Ubber' «**«* hose and Citing, miscellaneous^
J?' rUbbef Baskets, rubber packing and sealing
treading, a^d polysulfide synthetic rubber
™*™^< wh^ -re included
B» •• docrent identify (^ terms of chemical,
physical and biological characteristics of pollutants) the level of
pollutant reduction attainable through the application of the best
technol°gy
™ H
available technology economically
be
currently ailable ad the
**H
N
achievable. The guidelines also
I^TT^T^" ~j~-—I V "."*•="- *"= ^wnoidered in identifying the technology
levels and in determining the control measures and practices which are
to be applicable within given industrial categories or classes?
Sh^JdSoi«J«, £° tech"icai Actors, the Act requires that a number of
otter factors be considered, such as the costs or cost-benefit study
and the environmental impacts not related to water quality (including
2ShSlogilsirementS) resultin* from «« application* of such
* ' I ' ' ' ' ' '
IneJ-anJ^aarl^f^fSSsSS-- ~ ^ lf^^ toitatians
9«ideline and standards of performance herein
were developed in a stepwise manner.
The development of appropriate
and the establishment of effluenjt
require a sound understanding and
the processes involved, water
characteristics of waste water,
the capabilities of existing
industry
the
control
_ categories and subcategories
guidelines and treatment standards
knowledge of the rubber industry,
use, recycle and reuse patterns,
respective raw waste loadings, and
and treatment methods.
Initial categorizations and
materials used, product produced,
other factors such as plant age.
subcategorj
izations were based on raw
manufacturing process employed, and
Published literature was consulted
16
-------
to verify raw waste characteristics and treatabilities in order to
support the initial industry categorizations and subcategorizations.
The raw waste characteristics for each tentative subcategory were then
fully identified. Factors considered in this analysis were: the
supply and volume of water used in the process "employed; the sources
of waste and waste waters in the plant; and the constituents,
including thermal effects, of all waste waters together with those
contaminants which are toxic or result in taste, odor, and color in
water or aquatic organisms. iThe constituents of waste waters which
should be subject to effluent limitations guidelines and standards of
performance were identified.
The full range of control and treatment technologies existing within
each subcategory was identified. This involved an identification of
each distinct control and treatment technology (including both in-
plant and end-of-pipe technologies) which are existent or capable of
being designed for each subcategory. It a.lso included an
identification in terms of the amount of constituents (including
thermal effects), the chemical, physical, and biological
characteristics of pollutants, and the effluent level resulting from
the application of each of the treatment and control technologies.
The problems, limitations/reliability of each treatment and control
technology, and the required implementation time were also identified
to the extent possible. In addition, the environmental impact not
pertaining to water quality, feuch as the effects of the application of
such technologies upon other pollution problems (including air, solid
waste, noise, and radiation) was also identified to the extent
possible. The energy requirements of each of the control and
treatment technologies werel identified as well as the cost of the:
application of such technologies.
The information, as outlined above, was then evaluated in order to
determine what levels of technology constituted the "best practicable
control technology currently available", the "best . available
technology economically ajchievable", and the "best available
demonstrated control technology, processes, operating methods, or
other alternatives for new sources". in identifying such
technologies, various factors were considered. These included the
total cost of application of technology in relation to. the effluent
reduction benefits to be achieved from such application, the age of
equipment and the application of various types of control technique
process changes, the environmental impact aside from water quality
(including energy requirements), and other factors.
Raw waste water characteristics and treatability data, as well as
information pertinent to treatment reliability and cost evaluations,
were obtained from several sources, including: EPA research
information, published literature, Corps of Engineers Permit to
Discharge Applications, industry historical data,' and expert industry
consultation.
17
-------
On-site visits and interviews wer
plants throughout the United
foregoing data. All factors
-subcategorizations were represe
5 made to selected rubber processing
;States, to confirm and supplement the
potentially influencing industry
rted in the on-site visits. Detailed
information was obtained oh production schedules and capacities and on
product breakdowns, and also on management practices for water use and
for waste water control and treatment. Flow diagrams showing water
uses and process waste water I stream interactions were prepared.
Control and treatment design data and cost information were compiled.
Individual, raw and treated effluent streams were sampled and analyzed
to confirm company-furnished data in order to characterize the raw
wastes and determine the effectiveness of the control and treatment
methods. Duplicate samples were analyzed by participating companies
to confirm the analytical results; some of the results from the
analysis of duplicate sample^ conflicted with the contractors
analysis. Data received from all sources were evaluated in the
determination of the limitations.
General Description of the Industry
The SIC codes pertinent to the
of the rubber processing .industry
Rubber Footwear
Reclaimed Rubber
Rubber Hose and Belting
Miscellaneous Fabricated
Rubber Products
Rubber Caskets, Packing, and
Sealing Devices
Tire Retreading
fabricated
and reclaimed rubber segment
are as follows:
SIC 3021
SIC 3031
SIC 30«1
SIC 3069
SIC 3293
SIC 7534
With the exception of reclaimed rubber, and miscellaneous rubber
products fabricated from latex rubber, the processing operations of
the fabricated and reclaimed rubber segment are based on mechanical
and dry manufacturing processes. Such processes typically are:
molding, extruding, sheeting, foaming, coating, fabrication of
sections, and vulcanization. The initial manufacturing operations
involve batch treatment of the stock to incorporate colorants,
extenders, reinforcers, and special additives such as accelerators and
antioxidants. After the batching] step, the production operations are
usually continuous, semi-continuous, or batch-continuous.
Rubber reclaiming utilizes several diverse process technologies which
differ considerably from those processes used by the other product
areas of the rubber industry included in this document. Reclaimed
rubber processes are by nature mechanical, dry, or wet. Since the
waste water impacts of these process types are dissimilar as well as
distinct from other processes used in the industry, it is appropriate
18
-------
to describe and evaluate the process technologies, water uses, and
generated waste waters of rubber reclaiming separately.
Although rubber items produced! from latex rubber are included in Sic
•3069, the processes employed and the nature of the waste water are
such that this type of operation warrants separate description and
evaluation. The factor justifying separate discussion is the use of
latex as a raw material. Becajuse of this, the processing operations
are different from those used in other product areas of the industry.
As a result, there is potential to generate latex-laden waste waters
which are distinct in their characteristics, properties, and
treatability.
Based on the foregoing discussion, the fabricated and reclaimed rubber
segment covered by this document can be grouped into three (3) broad
classifications based on product and processing type:
Regular Rubber Products
a)
General Molded
Products found under SIC 3069 and
2.
3.
including Gaskets, Packing, and Sealing Devices (SIC 3293).
b) General Extruded Products found under SIC 3069 and
including Rubber Beltjing as classified under Sic 3041.
c) General Fabricated Products found under SIC 3069
including Rubber Footwear (SIC 3021), Tire Retreading (SIC
7534), and Rubber Hose as classified under SIC 3041.
Reclaimed Rubber (SIC 3031).
General Latex-based Products found under SIC 3069.
Manufacture of General Molded
Products
Rubber products made by molding processes are diverse in size, shape
and end use. Owing to the product diversity and wide distribution of
manufacturers, it is extremelyj difficult to determine the magnitude of
the various product types forming the broad molded product industry in
terms of either weight of rubber consumed or weight of finished
products.
Table
and up-to-date data available
elements within the -general
present^, in a relative sense, the most complete
on the magnitude of the various product
molded product industry. Table 1 shows
the dollar value of the 1967 shipments for each product type.
During the molding of rubber products, the rubber is cured as it is
shaped. curing, which is often referred to as vulcanization, is an
irreversible process during which a rubber compound, through a change
in its chemical structure (jfor example, crosslinking) , becomes less
19
-------
Product Type
Battery Parts
HIscellaneous Automotive
Seals', Packing, etc.
Rubber Rolls
Rubber Heels and Soles
Druggist and Medical Suppl
Stationery Supplies2
Sma'll Molded Items'
Other Miscellaneous Molded
Parts
For example, rubber
example, rubber bru
SOURCE:, "1967 Census of
Products"; U. S.
Value
(million dollars)
69.9
237.8
es
Items
Total
32.8
126.1
36.7
•16.3
106.6
146A
917.9
example, water bottles, fountain syringes, nipples, and pacifiers.
bands, finger cots, and. erasers.
shes, combs, and mouth pieces.
Manufacturers — Rubber and Miscellaneous Plastic
Department af Commerce (issued 1970).
Table 1 - 1967 Shipments of General Molded Products by U.S. Producers
20
-------
Jl
to swelling by organic liquids.
In
plastic and more resistant
addition, elastic properties
a greater range of temperature. The term "vulcanization"
originally employed to denote the process of heating rubb€>r with
are conferred, improved, or extended over
was
sulfur, but has now been
extended to include any process with any
combination of materials which will produce this effect.
Several methods are used to mold rubber products. The selection of a
particular molding technique is dependent on the nature of the
product, the type of rubber, and the production economics. The
principal methods used for jbhe manufacture of general molded products
are the compression, transfer, and injection molding processes. In
many cases compression, transfer, and injection molding techniques are
all used at one plant location.
Rubber molding processes typically consist of the following:
1. Compounding of the :cubber stock.
2. Preparation of the mold preforms or blanks.
3. Molding.
iJ. Deflashing.
A flow diagram for a typicajl molding operation involving compression,
transfer, and injection molding processes is shown in Figure 1«
Compression Molding
Compression molding is the oldest method of making molded parts. The
uncured rubber is formed jto -the approximate shape, referred to( as a
preform, and placed in the individual cavities of the mold. As the
mold is closed under pressure, the compound conforms to the shape of
the cavity and the excess material is forced out into a flash groove.
Larger molding facilities, op plants using special rubber compound
recipes, compound their own rubber stock from basic ingredients such
as rubber, carbon black, colorants, extender oils, antioxidants, and
accelerators. compounding
Banbury mixer or compounding
cooling water. Leakages of
is " generally carried out in either a
mill. These pieces of equipment require
lubricating oil and grease are common. In
the compounding
some plants, airborne particles generated during
operation are controlled by wet scrubbing devices.
After compounding, the rubbet stock is worked on a warm-up mill and
formed to approximately the jrequired shape ready for molding by either
a calender or extruder.
dipped in an anti-tack agent
The formed rubber is cooled and generally
In many cases, the formed rubber is
cooled in an open tank which produces a cooling water overflow. The
anti-tack liquid is generally a zinc steairate solution or its
equivalent. Soapstone slurry is not normally used because its anti-
tack properties are persistent and adversely affect the quality of the
21
-------
22
-------
t
subsequent molding operation. The preforms are prepared from the
calendered or extruded stocjk rubber by cutting, slicing or stamping
out. Cutting can be accomplished by a machine or by hand. Slicing is
generally carried out on a meart slicing machine or guillotine. In the
case of the slicing machine, Lubricant water flows over the cutting
surface to facilitate the operation. The waste lubricant water is
noncontaminated. The preform stamping machine can' be equipped with
cooling water. Although the exact shape of the preform is not
crucial, it is necessary to ensure that there is sufficient rubber in
the preform to fill the mold.
are placed in
agent powders
the open mold, usually by hand. In some
or liquids are spread on the mold
items, each mold generally has multiple
The preforms
cases release
surfaces. For small molded
receptacles which enable several items to be molded simultaneously
The mold is closed and held together, normally by hydraulic oil
pressure, during the curing cy
with steam flowing through
condensate is recycled to the
electrically heated. Oil leak
cle. The molds are generally heated
channels^ in the mold plates. Steam
boiler. Some older mold systems are
age frequently occurs from the hydraulic
mold closing systems and the hydraulic pump itself. The molding cycle
can vary considerably depending on the curing properties of the rubber
and the size of the molded item. At the conclusion of the molding
cycle, the items are removed
operation.
rom the mold and sent to the deflashing
The rubber overflow or flash must be removed from the part before it
is shipped. Def lashing usuallly is carried out by hand, grinding
wheel, or press-operated dales. In some cases, the rubber parts are
tumbled in dry ice (solid carbjon dioxide) using machines that are
similar to cement mixers. The thin rubber flash becomes brittle while
the main body of the part is not cooled sufficiently and remains
flexible. The thinner frozen flash thus breaks off in tumbling while
the heavier main part is not harmed. Blasting frozen rubber parts
with fine shot also removes fllash. Rubbers which are freeze-resistant
are not used in this dry-ice process.
Metal-bonded items, which consist of a molded rubber component bonded
to the metal part, are manufactured in a manner similar to that for
all rubber products.
plant contaminated
manufacture of the metal part
purposes.
In most cases the metal parts enter the molding
by grease. The grease is picked up during the
or is applied for shipping and storage
The metal part is first degreased. Usually the degreasing system
consists of a rotating drum in which the part is brought in contact
with a suitable degreasing solvent, frequently trichloroethylene. The
solvent is drummed and hauled from the plant when saturated with
In a few cases the metal part is pickled to prepare the
for bonding with rubber. The waste acid pickling liquor
23
grease.
surface
-------
contains metal ions, and frequently heavy metal ions,
containerization or treatment before it is discharged.
and requires
In some molding plants, poor
quality molded items are recycled to
reclaim the metal component for re-use. This is generally practiced
in cases where the metal part is large or valuable, or where the
molding operation is particularly difficult, producing a high
proportion of rejected molded items. To reclaim the metal, the reject
rubber is ground and buffed from the metalj the metal item is then
sand-blasted clean. The grinding
create airborne rubber-buffing
removed from the air with wet
and buffing operations generally
particles, which are most effectively
produce a wastewater discharge
scrubbing devices. These devices
which, if a water recycle system is
used, can be reduced to a low daily volume
The metal surface to which the rubber is to be molded is normally pre-
pared to provide good adhesion between the metal and the rubber. The
mating surface of the metal part is first sand blasted to roughen it
and then coated with rubber cement to improve the adhesion of metal to
rubber. The metal surface is painted with cement by hand for small
items; larger metal surfaces are [often sprayed with cement.
r
The prepared metal part and its mating rubber component are placed in
the mold -cavity and molded in a similar manner to an all-rubber
product. Deflashing is generajlly carried out by hand or with a
grinding wheel. One of the disadvantages of compression moldings is
that the flash tends to be largest at the thick side of the molded
item, making removal by tumbling jdifficult or impossible. The cost of
preparing individual preforms and the placing of each in the mold
cavity is another disadvantage of compression molding.
Transfer Molding
Transfer molding involves the transfer of the uncured rubber stock
from one part of the mold to another. The stock, in the form of
blanks, is placed in a recess called the pot or transfer cavity. The
pot is fitted with a ram or piston which is inserted over the stock.
The force of the-press when applied to the ram plus the heat from the
mold causes the stock to be softened and flow through runners into the
previously empty molding cavities, where the stock is cured in the
desired form.
The rubber for transfer molding lis compounded in the same way as that
for compression molding. The rubber stock blanks, which are fed into
the transfer pot of the mold, are generally cut from extruded or
sheeted-out rubber stock and take the form of slabs. Frequently, the
weight of the rubber blank ils brought within a certain weight
tolerance by trimming overweight planks. Underweight blanks and the
trimmings are recycled to the sheet-out mill. The weight of the blank
24
-------
is regulated to ensure that sufficient rubber is available in the
transfer pot to fill the mold Cavities.
Transfer molds are normally hkated by steam and are operated by
hydraulic oil systems similar to compression mold hydraulic systems.
Oil leaks and spillages are frtequent. Curing times in
similar to those of compression molds and
product dimension and rubber stock properties.
the mold are
likewise are based on
When the mold is opened the item is pulled or cut from the runners.
The runners and the residual rubber in the transfer pots are discarded
as waste. The molded item is deflashed by methods similar to those
described above for compression molded products.
Articles containing metal ifoserts are generally manufactured by
transfer molding and the overall processes are very comparable to
those used in compression molding including the preparation of the
metal component.
Transfer molding permits closer dimensional control and generally
reduces flash so that the parts can te easily finished. Complex
shapes can be readily manufactured by this method. Small parts can be
made more economically by this technique because of the labor cost
savings on preforms and finishing. The disadvantages of this method
are that the formulations and
than with compression molds.
control of stocks are much more critical
Stocks must flow well and knit properly,
and still cure relatively fast. As explained above, the small amount
of compound remaining in the transfer pot, as well as the material in
the runners, is wasted. Therefore, this molding method requires
careful cost calculations for
premium priced
polyacrylates.
scrap loss when making items requiring
polymers such as the fluororubbers, silicones, and
expensive and in general require more
Transfer molds are more
maintenance than compression molds.
Injection Molding
Injection molding is the newest method of molding and requires the
greatest degree of sophistication both from the standpoint of
materials and mold design.
molding with the exception
.Basically, it is the same as transfer
i t-iic cji.wcpi.j.wtt that the stock is injected into the
cavities. There are essentially three different types of injection-
molding machines. One machine uses a ram to force the stock through
runners into the cavities; I another uses a screw; the third is a
combination of the first two and is a reciprocating screw. From the
point of view of water use, there is little difference between the
three types of machines. All
V-41J. ^ ^ *~J[ r V* JU. UlU. V* J.*^& a *—• *pJ • f*^ ^» ^ >2 w**> "^ *•' *^ *^ "^^•*»» ^ —•— •—••—•— — ^ ___ — - - -- —
the injection molding machines are equipped with their own closed-loop
cooling systems.
25
require cooling water. In some cases
-------
The molds are often mounted on a revolving turret which takes the
molds through a cyclic process. if required, the mold surfaces are
treated with release agents followed by closing the mold before
injection. Rubber is then injected into the closed mold after which
the mold is opened and the molded
Deflashing of the molded item
item removed.
can be carried out by either hand or
•> ————— _. ^^,,, _.m» UTZ wa4.ij.cu uut oy earner nana or
machine techniques similar to those methods used for the deflashina of
compression and transfer molded products.
In order to make injection molding profitable, very short cycles are
required which are generally in the 45-90 second range. This requires
curing temperatures of approximating 400°F. Parts must be readily re-
moved , from
minimum.
the molds to keep
the heat loss and cycle time to a
All the advantages mentioned for transfer molding apply to injection
'
with relatively thin walls and of
'***** f «
complicated shape.
of small items
Table 2 presents a review of potential process-associated waste water
streams produced in the manufacture of molded items as described in
the foregoing text.
Manufacture_of_General_Extruded Products
As_described above, rubber extrusion is used to prepare the preforms
and blanks used in compression and transfer molding processes. The
extrusion operation is a minor element of the overall production
process for molded items. Rubber extrusion, however, plays a more
significant role in the manufacti ~ ~f *- - - - •• • - - -
and sheeting.
-«• *-*. ^,« *_b «*•«».».v*r«* f *,iwv^ v ci. f £jx.ay o d m \_Jiti
re of such items as rubber belting
The types of extruded product arejvaried and the distribution of manu-
facturers is wide. Because of this, it is extremely difficult to com-
pile complete data on the siie of the extruded rubber products
manufacturing in terms of weight of products or raw material usage.
Table 3 gives an indication of the relative magnitude of the various
types of extruded rubber products in terms of the 1967 dollar value of
the shipments of those products.
Extruded rubber products can be grouped into two principal classes
based on the nature of the manufacturing process. The simpler
manufacture, such as sheeting production, involves essentially
compounding, extrusion, and curing. On the other hand, items such as
belting require a more involved manufacture consisting of all the
above processes plus building. However, the building operation, as
used in belting manufacture is a Relatively straight forward process
with little waste water impact. Therefore the manufacturing processes
26
-------
4)
4-1
5
4)
tft
ID «*-
S: 14-
o
14- in 1
O *J C
C 3
C ID "-
O^ ••— £•
"u ID O
O 4-> 4->
C «n
•D O
c cj >~
ID '**^
4> D.
U 3
3 1
ID U
"o.
^w
•_
0
4) VI
0 *
U ID
go
—
CO
•o
c
ID
in
*—
•«
•_
CL
CO
ID
4)
l-
O
1 •
•_
C
4)
4-1 O
C HI
ID u
— 0
Q. 4->
CO
^
•_'
O
*i —
o
•o i:
C 4J
ID C
o
in u
S J °
~ "i "*»
CU 3
§^_
^H
i- O
•* t^— CL
O (/)
S^ig.
1 ID ID l-
j{ 4) ID
S *~" - * °
« I- 5 in
4) .**-
O ID O
L, J l_ 4J
<4~ >*- C
T3 4>
in c in E
•O ID -D CL
«— *^ »<—
•i- .— — 3
O — O IT
co O co 4)
C C
ID 4)
in t. cl
^^x •_ *^
O ^^
cm- o
in u
T3 X: 3
x: o —
in in —
ID — O
3 TJ CL
(71
c
-D
C
3
O
CL
E
O
U
it
0) ^
c o
, •
L, V
•O ID
C 4J
ID
Cf
4-> C
C —
ID —
0 O
— o
I- 0
3 C
C 4-<
in 01
4) ID
C
U- O
ID
1- 4-1
4) 1
,Q 4J
3 C
<£ ID
T3
C
ID
m
CL
in
in
u.
' 4)'
4J
ID tn
en
4) ID
in .££
C ID
"-
O
a>
3
U.
4-1
2
E
o
<4- C
1 0
£ 43
Q. ID
U
•0 ID
C CL
ID 4)
i.
-* Q.
C
ID "T3
— C
CO ID
en
j_
3
-D
0)
4J
ID
4)
D.
O
X
^—
ID
>- U
L- »^
4) —
C 3
— ID
•5 *
ID >-
E x:
w
1- U 4)
w- >t- in
in-
,— .— 4)
*O 00.
in
%/
ID
4)
•^2
C
ID
in
^_
>v.
CL
CO
Cn
C'
u
3
0)
XI
JQ
3
o:
•o
V
-
O
§
8
Q_
O
O
«n
41
U
O
C\J
ID
27
-------
Product Type
Belting — conveyor and elevator
Belting — flat transmission
Sheeting — mats, matting,, stair treads
Sheeting — floor and wall covering
Total
Does not include V-belt type belting.
Value
SOURCE: " 1967 Census of
Plastic Products
Manufacturers— Rubber and Miscellaneous
";*U. S. Department of Commerce (Issued 1970).
Table 3 - 1967 Shipments
of General Extruded Products by U.S. Producers
(million dollars)
88.2
13.3
17.9
16.1
135.5
28
-------
used to produce rubber
concurrently.
Sheeting and Belting
sheeting and belting will be described
The majority of the processes used to manufacture sheeting and belting
are very similar and serve as good examples of the production methods
used to manufacture extruded items. A flow diagram for a typical ex-
trusion production facility is presented in Figure 2; Table U presents
the sources of waste water from! extrusion facilities.
The rubber stock is compounde
compounding mill or Banbury mi
cooling water. Leakage of lubr
scrubbers are sometimes used
particles produced in the mixin
sheeted out on a sheeting mill
tack leakage can occur in this
from the basic ingredients on a
:er. These pieces of machinery require
.eating oil and grease can occur. Wet
to control air pollution by airborne
.area. In some cases the rubber is
and dipped in anti-tack slurry. Anti-
trea.
After compounding, the rubber is worked on a warm-up mill and fed to
the extruder. The extruded rubber is produced as a sheet. In cases
where the dimensions of the extruded rubber sheet are critical, the
extruded rubber is calendered to the desired thickness. The extruded
or calendered rubber is cooled in a cooling tank before storage for
further processing. In some cases the extruded or calendered rubber
is dipped in anti-tack slurry for storage.
Belting is manufactured by extruding the rubber onto the wire
reinforcement in the extruder, or calendering the rubber sheeting onto
reinforcement fabric that has been frictioned with rubber. Calenders
require cooling water.
calendering machinery.
Oil and
grease leakage can be produced by the
Belting or extruded and calendered sheeting is cured using a rotacure
or press curing technique. A rotacure is an air heated drum. The
sheeting and belting pass around the rotating drum and are cured. The
press curing technique consists of two heated belts which hold the
rubber belting or sheeting between them under pressure to facilitate
the curing process. The heated belts turn and drag the sheeting or
belting through the press. Cured belting or sheeting is inspected,
cut to length, and stored before shipment.
In some plants a certain amount of the sheeting is shipped in an
uncured state for use in the manufacture of tank linings and other
large rubber items. .Such sheeting is supplied from the extrusion or
calendering line before the belting-formation or curing operations.
29
-------
o
2
i=
UJ
UJ
X
Q
2
O
2
i—
._j
UJ
ID
X
U
3
(O
i
i—
o
UJ
O
I—
X
111
y
!>.
fc
u.
o
2
Q
C
b
O
w
a.
UJ
X
l-
O
15
O
tS
O
30
-------
,
m
4-1
14- C
O ro
c
— E
m tu
,_ 1 •
t- c
0 0
^o
c »-
fO O
•M
O (C
t- ^t
2
, -M 0)
TO *J
z */*
0)
"^
M-
U-
O
.1
C
3
U
E
L.
O
in
^
-O
Q.
3
J>
o
o.
* ,__
o
fl>
o
D
o
tn
<0
0)
-o
c
fc
t/}
__
Q.
to
ID
4)
t_
L.
o
4-1
*c
j m
C
It
0-
4)
CO
ID
o
4_f
CO
, -
0
• in L.
A: L- —
c o ro
0) x
•«-> — 4J
pt J
•O §> £
^iE
0 «_
CD in
•M -* ^
4-1 U
41
on c
c —
— 0
O ID
41 in
jr c
U 41
in c «4 •—
•o cn 4)
O — C I- 4J
co O ID o in
in
ID
4)
"U
c
ID
in
CL
to
cn
c
u
41
TJ
C
4)
ID
U
41
4-f
ID
in
c
-o
o
^_
cn
c
*—
3
0
cn
c
•K
4-f
l/l
41
4-f
O
MV
*—
3
ID
^
•a
>-
' -C
D.
3
0
CL i-
41
••— 4-f
_ ID
0 5
.t ": ^ L
in
ID
41
T3
C
ID
in
CL
CO
1
CM
cn
c
4-f
in
41
t-
•
u
3
4-f
U
ID
44-
3
C
ID
' E
41
l/l
O
-C
b
4-f
•o
«
4-f
. •»
Jj
••^
^N.
1^"
«^
(0
•^ .
4-f
C
41
VI
in
41
41
I_
(0
I/I
c
o
4-t
iZ
41
D-
O
cn
C
l_
3
U
rs
•o
41
4-f
ID
41
C
41
cn
in
' L.
41
4-f
ID
f
4J
in
ID
•—
•
41
u
3
4-1
U
ID
«*-
3
C
41
VI
O
-C
C
>-
§
•o
4)
in
3
41
L.
ID
l/l
U
41
4-f
2
3
cn
c
4J
in
41
tM
-------
till
Manufacture of General Fabricated Products
The types of products and processes covered by this manufacturing de-
scription^ are varied. It can be kaid that general fabricated products
catch;a11 for manufacturing types not included in the molded or
r° duct grouPs- Processes employed are compounding, milling,
molding, and vulcanization.
Due to the^ diversity of the produk types and the wide distribution of
P an ^in° •lnJthis manufacturing, group, it is difficult to esti-
K ^ ma9nitude of rubber usage or product weight. Table 5 does
show the relative magnitude of the various product types which
constitute the manufacture of general fabricated products, in terms of
the dollar value of the total 1967 U.S. shipments. Hose production
provides a good example of rubber building or fabricated manufacturing
processes, it can be seen from Table 5 that hose products constitute
rt° °f
shiPmei
of extruded rubber products.
^™ - ^ ruer pr
Figure- 3 illustrates the production steps of typical hose items
Rubber hose generally consists of
three components. They are the tube
(lining), the reinforcement, and the outer cover7
The tube is the innermost rubber Element. Some hose, such as a vacuum
cleaner hose, does not have an inner lining or tube inside the
reinforcement (usually a wire spiral). The primary function of the
tube is to retain the transported material. The type and thickness of
rubber used depends upon the interjded service of the hose and the type
of hose fitting or connecting device to be used.
The reinforcement is the fabric, cord, or metal elements built into
the body of the hose to withstand internal pressure or external
forces. The type of reinforcing material depends upon the method of
manufacture and the service conditions. The rubber used to bond
together ^he individual elements of the reinforcing material is
considered a part of the hose rein'forcement.
It is normally made of rubber and
reinforcement from outside damage
The cover is the outermost element
its prime function is to protect tjhe
or abuse.
While most hose is used for pressure service, there are many
applications where an essential property of the hose is its resistance
to collapse under suction and vacdum service. The usual method of
preventing hose carcass collapse is to build a metal reinforcement,
9fnffaliy a steel Wlre sPiraHed in the form of a helix, into the body
or the hose. •*
Hose manufacture can be classified
made. The greatest proportion
according to the manner in which
. — — —••— »»**»^«.fc MA*»>} \~\s *~44\^ UIGLilll^JL J.I1 WiiXV*lJ
the hose is produced. such factors as service, size, production
volume, and cost usually determine '' .... ... _ *-
the method by which the hose is
of all hose manufactured today is
., -ii. i?i K *— «-»j.j- **v^o<= MicmujLai^tuieii today JLS
produced by highly mechanized equipment specially designed for the
32
-------
Product Type
Rubber Hose
Canvas Footwear
Waterproof Footwear1
Other Rubber Footwear
Friction Tape
Fuel Tanks
Boats, pontoons, and life rafts
Rubber coated fabrics
Rubber Clothing
Total
•'•Includes items manufactured by cemeni: dipping.
Source: "196? Census of Manufacturers —Rubber and Miscellaneous
Plastic Products"; U. S. Department of Commerce
(issued 1970).
Table 5 - 196? Shipments of General Fabricated Products by U.S.
Producers
Value
(mi 11 ion dollars)
398-8
276.1
75-3
: i^-2
19.0
21.5
15.0
15-5
10.7
846.1
33
-------
'if
u.
_j
s ^ 1
: I • 1
u_ ce
S u- Z •—
, — ' uj ^ = J»
UJ ^ 1—,..»,«J
i s L
i '
— CS UJ «
=C d . u
« UJ UJ *-
UJSC Q=X
_j e/» o_ UJ
E
'Hs j£
•= - fcS-^ii! __
l£ 0-. «
Si . "s
K_ •
es 0= *
1 t- C= UJ
g" . «.
a
u
a
a
s
T
_j
oSci
zee uj
It
It
i— J^ Z
1-t 0^
i = or o:
It'
1 E
If'
CJ UJ
t
C3
a:
C3
U-
C. UJ
S 0=
1
3= — 1 Z
££;=
or -t uj
t— ac co
t
C9
Z
Z C*}
=3 ca ar
^»K
¥
1
WKmnrBorcr
AND MIX
COMPOUNDS
UJ
a.
O
UJ
- or co '
'
34
-------
purpose. Three fundamental
producing the following types of
1. Machine-wrapped ply hose.
2. Hand built hose.
3. Braided and spiralled
Machine-Wrapped Ply Hose
methods of hose manufacture exist,
hose:
hose.
Wrapped hose consists of a fabric reinforcement wrapped around a
rubber tube over which is applied a protective rubber cover. Wrapped
hose has been manufactured for approximately 120 years; it was made at
first by hand and later by machine. This type of hose is most
commonly made in lengths approximating 50 meters (150 feet) and inside
diameters (bore) ranging from 5 to 75 millimeters (0.2 to 3 inches) .
A seamless rubber tube is formed to the desired diameter and wall
thickness by a continuous extrusion process. -The tube is then mounted
on a rod-like form, termed a mandrel, for the hose making operations
using air pressure to enlarge the tube temporarily. Lubricants are
generally injected into the tube as it is being formed to prevent the
*-~~r „.,,.*,— * _^.._,.J__ to itself, and later in the process to
the mandrel.
inner surface from sticking
keep the tube from adhering to
The fabric used for reinforcing the hose is received from the textile
mill in large rolls. The roll I of fabric is impregnated with rubber on
both sides in a calendering machine. This process is referred -to as
frictioning. The frictioned fabric is generally cut on the bias and
is cemented together with" overlapped seams to form a long strip just
wide enough to produce the required number of plies plus an overlap
when wrapped around the tube. The hose cover is prepared by working a
thin sheet of rubber to the Required thickness on a rubber calender.
The calendered cover stock is cut to a width which
the hose carcass with a slight overlap.
The actual making of the hose is done on a special purpose machine
known as a "making-machine". The machine consists of three long steel
will wrap around
rolls; two of the rolls are in
horizontal plane. The third
a fixed parallel position in the same
or top roll is mounted on lever arms so
that it can be raised and lowered. One or more of the rolls is power
driven. The mandrel-supported tube is placed in the trough formed by
the two bottom rolls of the making machine. One lengthwise edge of
the cut fabric is adhered to the tube. The pressure exerted by the
top roll when it is brought dow|n in con tact .with the tube forces" the
tube and mandrel to rotate as the machine rolls rotate. The fabric is
wrapped around the tube as the tube
drawn into the machine and
The pressure from the
rotates.
carcass.
sheet of cover stock around the
The machine operation
top roll helps to form
compact
is repeated for the application of the
hose carcass.
-------
wrapped ply hose must be kept under pressure
time. The steam condensate ^.s,
the vulcanization cycle. The
constituents from the hose sur
hose removed. The cloth wrap is
to the plant drains during
condensate can pick up organic
ace. The autoclave is vented and the
stripped from the vulcanized hose
1
..i
Hand-Built Hose
The term hand-built hose applies to two general types of hos*> ™rm
Non-wire reinforced hand-built hi
machine-wrapped ply hose; i.e.
_ *• *• — r—j ..^«>.f *.,^*f a iujjjoei tuce. Dl±e
reinforcement wrapped around the tube, and a rubblr covJr
The frictioned and cut fabric
rolled down progressively as the
>se is made of the same components as
rubber tube, plies of fabric
is applied to the tube by hand and
mandrel is turned.
A calendered sheet of cover stnfk •>« =,^^1 •; ** *.* ^t.
Wire reinforced hand-built"hose, ,
to the reinforcement comporient of
as
the name indicates, has wire added
the construction. The wire may be
36
-------
present to prevent the hose from collapsing in suction service, to
prevent kinking of pressure hose which must be curved in a small
radius loop, or to obtain the strength -necessary for high pressure
service.
The wire in suction hose is located underneath the main plies of
fabric reinforcement to provide rib support against the external
pressure. Hose designed for la combination of suction and pressure is
made with the wire placed approximately midway in the plies of the
fabric. In pressure hose, the wire is positioned over the main plies
of fabric to provide hood strength against high internal pressure.
The wire is present in most wire reinforced hose in the form of a
closely spaced helix or spring which opposes inward or outward radial
stresses but does not add any significant strength to the hose in the
axial direction. When high strength is needed in both axial and
radial directions, the hose its built with two or moire even numbers of
layers of wire. Each layer ils composed of many strands of solid round
wire or wire cable applied over the fabric reinforcement. The wire
lays on the hose in a spiral forming an angle greater than US0 with
the axis of the hose. The direction of the wire spiral is reversed
with each layer of wire for b'alanced strength. The wire is applied to
the hose by hand or by a simple machine using a power-driven chuck to
rotate the mandrel and hose.
hand-built hose
hand-built hose.
is made in the same manner as non-wire reinforced
In all other operations, wire reinforced
Braided and Spiralled Hose
The term braided hose identifies a type of hose construction and
method of manufacture in which -the strands of reinforcement are
interlaced or interwoven in c ddition to spiralling around the tube.
Braided hose is produced |in size ranging from 5 to 200 millimeters
(0.2 to 8 inches) internal diameter. A variety of methods is
available for manufacture. Factors such as internal diameter, length.
burst strength, production
how the hose is made.
Manufacturing commences with
rate, and cost dictate to a large extent
the extrusion of a tube supported on a
flexible mandrel or a non-supported tube in lengths up to 50 meters
(165 feet) .or in continuous lengths. Non-supported tube must be firm
enough in the unvulcanized state to resist deformation and stretching
under normal processing conditions. A high percentage of braided hose
is made with a non-supported tube. When the tube is too thin or too
soft to withstand subsequent processing or when the internal diameter
must be kept within a narrowIrange, it. is supported on a flexible
mandrel. The mandrel is at least as long as the hose to be made, has
a round cross-section, and can be coiled in a small diameter. It is
made of rubber or plastic material and may have a wire core to prevent
stretching.
37
-------
The tube, stored on a circulalr tray or a reel after extrusion, is
moved to the braider where the reinforcement is applied. The tube is
drawn through the center of the machine while the braid is forming on
the tube surface. The braid formation is brought about by yarn or
wire carriers weaving in and out on a circular track not unlike the
movements and result of the Maypole dance. The speed of the carriers
on the circular track is kept
adjusted by changing the surface s
or capstan.
at maximum. The braid angle can'be
peed of the overhead take-off drum
After the hose has been braided, it is normally passed through a
cross-head extruder, where an outei: seamless rubber cover is applied.
At this stage, the hose is still in the long length either coiled on a
circular tray or wound on a reel, and consists of an unconsolidated
construction of a tube, braid or braids, and a cover.
L
The final production operation in hose manufacture is vulcanization.
The lead sheath process is so eminently suited for the vulcanization
of braided hose that only insignificant quantities are vulcanized by
any other method. The lead casing may be formed by means of a lead
press or a lead extruder. (The lead press deforms solid lead into a
continuous sheath whereas the lead extruder forms molten lead into a
continuous casing.) In -both techniques, the casing or sheath is
actually formed around the hose as it passes through the press or
extruder. In the case of non-supported hose, the lead-sheathed hose
is filled with water under pressure, wound on reels, and loaded into
an open steam pressure vessel. The internal pressure is maintained
during the vulcanization cycle
casing. The water is drained from
the lead casing is stripped from the hose
melting pot and is reused.
In the case of supported tube hose,
squeezes the flexible hose down on
to force the hose against the lead
the hose
after vulcanization arid
The lead goes back to a
the application of the lead "sheath
the mandrel and places the hose
under slight initial pressure. However, most of the internal pressure
comes from the hose's trying to expand as the temperature is increased
during vulcanization; yet it is closely confined between the lead
casing and the flexible mandrel. After vulcanization, the lead casing
is removed in the same manner as for unsupported hose. One end of the
hose is connected to a high pressure hydraulic system and the flexible
mandrel is forced out of the hose. Braided hose can also be
vulcanized in steel molds which are constructed in two sections. The
unvulcanized hose is laid in the bottom half of the cavity and the
mold closed. The mold is steam heated and the hose is subjected to
internal air pressure causing it t6 expand, forcing it against the
inside wall of the mold.
A third method of vulcanizing braided hose, which is only used on a
very limited scale, is known as nonl-mpld cure. The hpse, coiled one
38
-------
or -two layers deep on
pressure in an autoclave.
etal pan, is exposed -to open steam under
The term "spiralled hose" describes how the reinforcement in the form
of - strands of yarn or wire is applied by machine with the strands
drawn from supply spools or packages. This type of hose has all of
the wire or textile strands of each reinforcement layer aligned in one
direction and parallel to each other. In ether words, the clockwise
strands are not interwoven with the counter-clockwise strands. At
least two layers of reinforcement are required with the layers
spiralled in alternating directions to form a balanced construction.
The reaction of spiralled hose constructions to internal pressure is
exactly the same as that of braided hose. The relative simplicity of
both wire and yarn spiralling machines with the carriers fixed on a
rotating plate makes it possible to run at higher speeds with a cor-
responding increase in the rate of production compared to braided
hose. . . -
Spiralled hose is not manufactured in as broad a size range as braided
hose. Spiralled hose internal diameters generally range from 5 to 50
millimeters (0.2 to 2 inches)!
The processing equipment used in the operations performed before and
after the application of the reinforcement are the same as those de-
scribed above for braided hose.
V
The hose is generally vulcanized by the lead sheathing method. In
some cases, the non-mold or the steel-mold vulcanization techniques
are used. In addition, hose on rigid mandrels can also be wrapped
with a curing tape and vulcanized in an open steam pressure vessel.
Coated Materials
Materials coated with rubber compounds are generally an essential in-
gredient in the manufacture of fabricated products. Many plants,
starting with a rubber compounding operation, coat the fabric material
and ship the coated fabric to another plant where it is fabricated
into the finished article. Other plants, however, have an integrated
facility where the rubber stock is compounded, the fabric is coated,
and finally the article is built and vulcanized; all in the one plant.
Rubber coated materials generally consist of woven or nonwoven fabrics
to which a rubber compound or
impregnation of the fabric
Synthetic rubber materials
composition has been applied either by
or by application to one or both sides.
such as acrylic rubber, butadiene-
aery Ipnitrile, butadiene-styrene, chloroprene, chlorosulphonated
polyethylene, fluorinated polymeric compositions, polyisobutylene,
polysulfide and silicone polymers are used where'particular physical
properties such as water and solvent resistance, gas impermeability,
39
-------
flame resistance, surface-release characteristics, abrasion
resistance, and good aging properties are required.
Rubber-coated fabrics are generally
where their characteristic odor
objectionable. Such products are
requiring low-temperature flexibili
used for industrial applications
and color limitations are not
frequently specified for usage
by. Typical uses for rubber-coat eel
... — raincoats, ballon bags, diaphragms, gaskets,
inflatable life rafts, pontoons, etc. Rubber coatings are generally
applied by calendering techniques. a
Rubber-coated cotton sheeting is used to produce friction tape, rain-
coats, gasketing, and diaphragms. Rubberized knit cotton fabric is
JSlLrT* m^nuf^cture rubber overshoes, boots, and diaphragms. Rubber-
coated duck and canvas is fabricated into pontoons, lifeboats, and
tarpaulins. The origin of coated fabrics has been traced to the
application of preservative resins on Egyptian mummy wrappings. More
recent use of coated fabrics during the early nineteenth century
evolved from the linseed oilcoatUd fabrics (oilskins) useT by
seafarers and the rubber-coated protective garments developed by
Charles Macintosh, still known as nuicintoshes. These early products
were accompanied by objectionable} odors and poor aging properties
resulting either in tackiness or iri embrittlement. Improvement in
rubber coatings followed Goodyea^'s discovery of the vulcanization
technique in 1839.
In early usage of coated fabrics, the base material was required to
give strength and tear resistance^ to the finished product. In such
constructions heavy cotton sheetingd, drill weaves, sateens, broken
twills, and canvas were required do give proper service. The fabric
is often treated before coating. I Fabric treatments can include
desizing to produce pliability, surface shearing or brushing to remove
knots and flaws, dyeing to matdh the coating, matting to improve
softness or coating adhesion, and fjJame proofing.
Most recent constructions of coated
fabrics employ knitted textiles or
• . — — — »•*»—• tv*ll£'.bV
-------
dipped in latex or the dilpping can be carried .out in the rubber
coating plant. If a fabric dipping operation is employed, latex
spillage and washdown are potential waste water sources.
Rubber coating is performed in either three or four-roll calenders.
The compounded rubber stock is generally prepared for the calender on
a warmup mill. The three-roll calender applies the coat to one side
of the fabric and the four-roll calender coats both sides of the
fabric. The top roll of the three-roll calender or the bottom and
offset rolls of the four-roll calender are run at a different speed to
the center roll, usually two-thirds as fast, to friction the rubber
coating onto the fabric.
Rubber-coated fabrics need to be cured at elevated temperatures for
periods of time varying from den minutes to several hours. The curing
ovens can be 30 feet high and hundreds of feet long, or 6-8 feet in
height and 8-20 feet in length for products requiring a shorter curing
cycle. The principal requirement for the ovens is that of uniform
temperature distribution to obtain uniform product quality. After
curing the coated fabric is cooled and rolled.
Fabricated products such as
using dies or jigs to cut the
join the various sections.
no waste waters should arise
cement, the spill or leak woulj
rainwear, rafts and pontoons are built
seated material and rubber cements to
general the building areas are dry and
In the event of a spillage of rubber
most effectively be wiped away.
The types and characteristics of waste waters produced by a rubber
coating or fabrication manufacturing facility are similar to those of
a rubber footwear facility and are presented in Table 6.
Rubber Footwear
It can be seen from Table 5 that rubber footwear (SIC 3021) is the
second largest product area of I the general fabricated products group,
and that canvas footwear is the major type of rubber footwear
manufactured.
The process description presented below pertains to canvas shoe
production which Utilizes all the major processing technologies
commonly found in the manufacture of general fabricated products. A
schematic flow diagram for a typical canvas shoe production facility
is shown in Figure 4.
The various rubber stocks consumed in a canvas, shoe plant are
compounded in Eanbury mixers or .compounding roll mills and then
sheeted out. The sheeted rubbter is dipped in a anti-^tack solution to
prevent sticking during storage.
41
-------
-o
W
>
^—
. o
w S
*J
ID
4)
cn
ID
in
4~ 4-
0 C
ID
C 'C
Cn £
L. -U
0 C
o
T3 O
Nature an
tmm
"°
T3
C
ID '
T3
X- 4)
•4- T3
?C
4)
C O_
3 in
*- 3
in
O in
4J 0
in •— •
>, s
ji> cn
u
0. 0
i -o
.y V
." > '
Q. O tl
in —
— m —
0 *Q °
«
C
o
«n
§J2
W
in • 4-1
XX Ml A-
4>
0
O
ID Cn 2
4) ID
ID 3
-0 0) O
e •— c
ID ID
°
1- C
1 £ ~
O -* 5 «t- tJ
D 4->
C C
ID
•WC
C cn o
O ID 4->
tj -C 3
.e o —
in in —
in o
•w *s
i- c
m
t> 4->
C
ID O)
4J •— >*
ID O 0)
0 O C
~ !E
-D C 0
3 — ID
in
4) L.
m cnw-
4) ID
CI o 'o
ID
4) I in"
rt ... ^
3 C >-
0£ ID 4-
C
ID
in
O.
in
in
L.
U
1C
s
4) in
in .^
C ID
0
j;
v>
•o
c
ID
in
ID
4)
in
'o.
0
jj
i
£
^
T3
4>
O
in
-------
43
-------
The canvas shoe is built from four major components: soles, canvas
uppers, boxing, and innersoles. These components are made separately
by varying operations before being brought together in the fabrication
operation.
The soles are generally molded using injection, compression, and
transfer molding techniques. All molding processes can produce oil
spills and leaks; however, compression and transfer molding equipment
generally produce more oil spillage than the injection molding
machines. •• . »
The molded spies are deflashed,
coating with latex adhesive. The
usually in a buffing machine, before
latex coating is dried in an oven.
The canvas components for footwear are made from two or three-ply
flfi0;- *TJe !Kbrif-iS received
-------
air pollution problems or requirements appear to be associated with
this practice and air pollution control devices are not envisaged.
L
As" described above, latex is used in several applications as an
adhesive. The latex is received at the footwear plant either in bulk
via - tank truck or in 55-gallon drums. Spills, leaks, and cleanout
waste waters, laden in uncoagulated latex solids, are frequently
produced.
The nature of the waste
production facility are listed
Tire Retreading
waters
produced
in Table 6.
by a typical footwear
Tire retreading is an industry dominated by independents.
Approximately 5,000 retreading shops or plants are currently
registered with the Federal Department of Transportation and the
number of tires retreaded by the industry as a whole approaches 32
million each year. There are a few large retreading plants which are
operated by the major tire companies; in most aspects these are very
comparable to a plant manufacturing new tires. An average retreading
requires approximately 10 pounds of rubber per passenger tire and 35
pounds per truck tire. Very f£w tire retreading facilities compound
their own rubber stock. Those that do mix stock will have potential
waste water contamination problems with oil from machinerjf and
suspended solids from anti—tack dip equipment and wet scrubbing
devices, although well-designed curbing should contain such spillages.
After compounding, the stock
-------
After curing, the tire is removed from the mold. The rubber flash
buffed off the tire before it is
inspected and shipped.
is
The process waste water types generated in a typical retreading shop
are minor and arise from spillage and washdowns. These waste water
types are adequately covered by those waste waters listed in Table 2
for general molded products. The contaminants of these waste waters
are oil and suspended solids. However, most plants do not have any
me*
the waste water discharges are
process waste waters at all, arid __ ««^4^yco o
limited to boiler blowdown, cooling water, and sanitary waste waters
Reclaimed Rubber Production
The quantity of scrap rubber being reclaimed and re-used and the
number of rubber reclaiming plants operating in the United States have
both steadily declined over the past decade. This decline has
occurred despite increased production and use of rubber products. As
a percent of new rubber produced, reclaimed rubber fell from 19
percent in 1958 to .10 percerit in 1968. Some of this reduction is
probably due to development of new rubbers not compatible with
reclaimed rubber, but, undoubtedly, the major decreases were caused by
cost, quality, and environmental reasons. Table 7 indicates the usage
of reclaimed rubber during the 1960«s and it can be seen that
substantial reductions have occurred in some applications.
Competitive materials, such as rugs and colored plastics, have reduced
usage in automotive mats and mechanical parts from 105 million pounds
in 1960 to approximately 55 million pounds. Similar reductions are
noted for other mechanical goods,
rubber products.
hose, shoe heels and soles, and hard
Reclaimed rubber is the product resulting from the treatment of ground
scrap tires, tubes, and miscellaneous waste rubber articles with h<=>at
and chemical agents whereby a substantial devulcanization or regener-
ation of the rubber compound Lto its original plastic state is
effected, thus permitting the product to be reprocessed, compounded,
and reyulcanized. The term "devulcanization" which is frequently
associated with reclaiming is a misnomer. Actually all the commercial
reclaiming processes employed are based on depolymerization of the
rubbers. This depolymerization can occur either by promoting thermal
scission or breaking of the polymer chain or by oxidation at points
other than at cross-linking sites. Some scission of the existing
crosslinks may also occur.
There are two fundamental factors
The first, and the most important
reclaim is made. The second is the
claimed.
46
which determine the type of reclaim.
is the type of scrap from which the
process by which the scrap is re-
-------
VO
en
00
IA •-
IA Tf\
CM
CO
IA v!O
VD CT\ IA
«- LA CM
oo
LA
IA
• • I • • •
CO •- r-~ LA CM
v>
•o
c
o
O-
LA
CA
ol •
vOI O
OO
VO •-
CM CO
CM
LA
VO OO J"
CA O
• •
OO
J-
t^ O CM OA I
<
4)
CO
•a
c
ID
0)
in
O
ID
O
C
ID
x:
4)
D.
in
•o
c
ID
c
41
O
CO
•D
c
ID
VO
£
XI
3
a:
— T3
4) i.
4)
O
ID
U
3
CO
L.
4)
XI
41
ac
^
U
x;
•o
V
x:
in
XI
o.
v
O>
c
o
cc
•a
c
(D
«
a.
->
•
a:
a
a.
en o
»-• c
4) LU
XI
XI •
3 CO
01 '
4>
o
1_
o
10
L)
3
O
V
X)
XI
-o
V
<0
O
c
o
a
VI
c
o
o
I
r-.
a>
X)
ID
47
-------
[
?1
i
By far the most important source of raw material is tire scrap. The
supply is plentiful and well distributed so that it is relatively easy
to collect. The quality of rubber in tires is high, giving an
unusually high percentage of rubber hydrocarbon at low cost. The
whole "tire creates problems due to the tire-cord fiber contained in
the carcass portion. This fiber has to be removed either by
mechanical means or by chemical me'thods such as those used in the
digester process.
Three basic techniques are used at existing plants to produce
reclaimed rubber: the digester process, the pan process, and the
mechanical process. A generalized material flow diagram for the three
process is shown in Figure 5. Broadly, the reclaiming process can be
divided into three major parts, two of which are mostly mechanical and
the other predominantly chemical. The rubber scrap is first separated
and ground, then given heat treatment for depo.lymerization, and
finally processed by intensive friction milling. All three processes
employ similar rubber-scrap separation and size-reduction methods.
They differ in the depolymerizatidn and the final processing steps.
Rubber Separation and Size Reduction
The rubber scrap is first sorted, and then reduced by mechanical chop-
ping or cracking on a very heavy cracker mill to a suitable size for
the particular depolymerization step being used. A cracker mill
.consists of two horizontal heavy steel rolls revolving at different
speeds. The roll surfaces are corrugated, giving a scissor-cutting
action. In the case of tired, the wire beads are broken in the
cracker mill and removed with magnetic separators along with any other
ferrous material which may have been picked up during their use. The
cracked ground stock is conveyed to a vibrating screen of a given mesh
size. The oversized material is
grinding. The stock which passes
returned to the crackers for further
through the screen is conveyed to
storage bins to await use in the depolymerization process
Most reclaiming plants reg>aire fiber-free scrap in the
depolymerization process. A serie's of screens, air separators, and
sizing equipment are used to remove fiber from ground rubber scrap.
First the rubber scrap is passed through hammer mills and beaters
which removes fiber from the rubber. This screened mass then goes to
an air-flotation table where the final separation of fiber and rubber
takes place. After passing through magnetic separators, the rubber
crumb which results goes to storage bins.
Rubber scrap separation and size reduction is followed by the
appropriate depolymerization process.
DepglYmerization
Digester Process
48
-------
49
-------
The digester process consists of placing the ground scrap, water, and
reclaiming agents into a steam-jacketed agitator-equipped autoclave
(digester). The batch is then cocked for 5 to 24 hours at 370-405°F.
During this time the rubber becomes partially depolymerized, and
'attains the consistency of soft granules. Reclaiming agents that are
used include petroleum and coal tar-base oils and resins, as well as
various chemical softeners, such as phenol alkyl sulfides and
disulfides, thiols (mercaptans) , and amino compounds. Reclaiming
agents or oils are used to
desirable processing properties.
speed the depolymerization, to impart
_ _ Natural rubber can be reclaimed in
the absence of any reclaiming agents. SBR types, however, require the
assistance of these reclaiming agents or catalysts to produce a
reclaim. The reclaiming agents generally function by catalyzing the
oxidative breakdown of the polymer chain and oxidatively disrupting
sulfur crosslinks.
'I
Rubber scrap which has not bejen defibered mechanically requires
chemical degradation of the fibers in the digestion process.
Defibering agents, such as caustic soda or the chlorides of zinc and
calcium, and plasticizing oils are added to the digester to complete
the charge. The fiber from tires and other rubber scrap products is
hydrolyzed and goes into solution. The presence of synthetic rubber
such as SBR in the tire scrap necessitates the use of the metallic
chlorides in place of the caustic soda since the caustic solution
produces a heat-hardening effect with SBR instead of softening.
At the end of the digestion period the contents of the digester are
blown down under internal pressure into a blowdown tank. Water is
added to the soupy mass to facilitate the subsequent washing
operations. After thorough agitation, the mixture is discharged onto
continuous vibrating screens whede a series of spray nozzle showers
wash the rubber free from the digester liquor.
The washed rubber, which is i
through a dewatering press which
water. The dewatered rubber
prior to further.processing.
the form of a slurry, is then passed
forces out much of the occluded
is dried in a hot-oven or tray dryer
In cases where chemical defibering is carried out in the digestion
process, the rubber has to be wasjhed free from the decomposed fiber as
well as the digestion liquor. This washing procedure generates waste
water which can be alkaline or laflen with metal chlorides and fine
sludge-like particles • of hydrolyzed fiber and rubber. Chemical
defibering and the subsequent washing process create an effluent
problem. At present, mechanical fiber separation is used to reduce
the waste water problem inherent in the digester process.
50
-------
Pan Process
The finely-cracked scrap, which is usually free from fiber, is reduced
to a finer particle size by grinding on smooth steel rolls. The
finely-ground scrap is blended in an open mixer with the correct
amount of reclaiming oils and is then placed in open pans which are
stacked on a carriage and pjlaced in a large horizontal heater., The
heater is a single-shell pressure vessel into which live steam is
passed. Depolymerization is carried out at about 365°F for 2 to 18
hours. After this treatment the heater is vented, the pans
discharged, and the cakes of rubber sent on for further processing.
Since the condensate from this operation is highly contaminated with
gums, resins, etc., it cannot be returned to the boilers and,
therefore, must be treated as ja waste. This waste is similar in
composition to the digester alkali and chloride wastes.
The pan process is relatively inexpensive because the equipment is
simple, and the washing and drying steps are eliminated. The supply
of cheap fiber-free scrap rubber can be a limiting factor in the
operation of the pan reclaiming process.
Mechanical Process
The mechanical reclaiming process, unlike the other two preceding pro-
cesses, is continuous. The fine ground, fabric-free rubber scrap is
fed continuously into a high-temperature, high-shear machine.. The
machine is a horizontal cylinder containing a screw for forcing and
working the material along the chamber wall at 350 to 400°F in the
presence of reclaiming agents and catalysts for depolymerization. The
rate of depolymerization is controlled by the speed of screw while the
compression and temperature is
maintained constant. The discharged
reclaimed rubber needs no drying and is ready for further processing.
Final Processing
The final stage of the reclaiming operation, namely milling, first in-
volves the mixing and blending of the material from any of the various
depolymerization processes in a Banbury internal mixer with small
amounts of reinforcing materials such as clay, carbon black,, and
softeners. This aids in I smoothing dried stock and attaining
uniformity. The reclaim is then given a preliminary refining on a
short two-roll mill having
surfaces. The sheet thickness
0.01 inch.
The reclaim is
a high-friction ratio between the roll
after the first refiner pass is about
then strained to remove foreign matter
before going to the final thickness of 0.002 -to 0.005 inch. The
strainer is an extruder which contains a wire mesh screen held between
two strong perforated. steel plates in the head of the machine. The
strainer not only removes foreign matter, but also plasticizes and
blends the reclaim. ;
Each reclaimer may complete his reclaiming operations in either of two
ways - by sending his product to the customer in the form of slabs
-------
Stacked on pallets or bales. Slabbed reclaim is made on a mill and
the discharged sheet is wrapped on a rotating drum of a specified
diameter, until the proper thickness is obtained. The wrapped layers
or "sheet are then cut off the drums, forming a solid slab of a certain
length, width, and weight. The slabs are then dusted with talc to
prevent sticking to each other, tiested, and shipped to the customer.
Baled reclaim, is also made on a (mill, except the thin milled sheet is
conveyed to a baler, where the rubber is compacted to form a bale.
The bale is then encased in a bag, stacked on a pallet, tested, and
sent to the customer. I
The effluent waste waters occurring during the various reclaiming
processes are identified in Table 8.
? • : . •
Manufacture of General Latex-Based Products
To manufacture sundry rubber goods from latex compounds, it is
necessary to convert the compounds into solids of the desired form.
Latex compounds are generally stabilized by the latex producer
before
shipping to the rubber goods manufacturing facility. Here, the
stabilized latex compound is transformed into the final rubber good.
:r
Prior to forming the rubber goods, the latex is compounded (mixed)
with various ingredients, such|as antioxidants, in accordance with a
specific recipe. The mixing of latex compounds is a simple operation
consisting of weighing out -the proper amounts of the various solutions
and emulsions required, and ihen stirring these materials into the
latex, usually in a large tank equipped with a mechanical agitator.
In some cases, such as the compounding of latex fox foam sponge, some
of the ingredients must be added just prior to or during the foaming
operation, and in these cases complicated automatic proportioning
equipment is sometimes used. I
Several types of rubber goods are fabricated from latex mixtures. The
basic manufacturing processes and their waste water generations for
these product types are described below. The major classes of latex-
based goods are dipped goods, such as finger cots and surgical gloves,
and foam-backing materials. Table 9 lists the value of 1967 U.S.
shipments of the principal rubber products fabricated from latex
mixes. It is believed that manyI of the foam products, listed in Table
9 are no longer made and have-been replaced by chemically blown sponge
or urethane-type foams. As discussed earlier, it is difficult to
obtain more up-to-date production figures for these items in terms of
product or raw material weights.
Latex-Based Dipped Goods
There are two principal technijues used in the manufacture of dipped
rubber goods. One is the straight-dip method employed in the
production of very thin-walled dipped goods from which water can
52
-------
in
c
re
c
1
c
u
ft)
4J
re
ft)
m
^_
o
c
*a
"u
o
"O
c
to
ft)
5
re
2
in
re
in
§
«4-
O
in
>
i_
ft)
C
U
re
E
it-
's
c
"u
ft)
m
tn
re
ft)
VI
ft)
o
I
o
s>
o.
cr
1
in
re
in
in
ft)
u
S °
u
<
t_
o
4J
™
4-*
C
°-
0.
"re
u
^~
u
ft)
4V
C
3
cr
ft)
en
c
E
C
O
in
S- 2
Q ^
c
o u
in
U
1
u
O
•o
c
Q
O
in
3
in
•D
"o
in
O
t4_
**-
O
c
. 3
1,
r
»—
D.
vn
c
o
JO
t
c
4-> re
N O
1- CO
— O
11
rganlcs,
o
•o
c
Q
in
O
4-»
c
3
C
O
1
"o
CL.
l_
5
^
c
re
|
.g
oo
VI
X ~~
t) XJ 1-
0. C ft)
«n re -M
§S«
u c in
V> (D U
u X>
"c c C
en u u-
t- ft) O
— in
•o **- c
c ft) O
re -o —
4-f
O ^ flJ
•_ c u •
4-1 (0 4-* VI
in c ft)
re o o —
4J O
» re o E
VI N O
•0 — .C U
*— U (71 H-
8 Is "8
p •§ "o £
o
3'
cr
*~"
1
en
o
c
ft)
4-*
re
I
VI
*- Q.
n —
ft) -O
E tl 4-*
L. 4-1 ft)
-|-
i "1
• . u o
V) 3
— . ^ —
-o Z"o
O CL
ft) V)
C »-
^: - re
U 4J
re c E
5 6ll
TO **- Cr*U
Cn ft) —
"5 C co
as c — •
— — *n
vt u E .*
•— re c
— o c re
O CD O -M
4J «fl 4J
C J£ C
« re ft)
I c I
cl «- G.
o~ w cr
ft) — V
§ -s.§
4-» 4-*
^ c£
a Is.
U VI L.
— re *—
< ^ re
en
c
i
in 3
i- O
ft) CL
0 0
in
to
ft)
in
g
u
M-
O
^
^
•o
ft)
c
U 4J
Q C
e|
§1
t |
~ 0>
o c
c —
u E
a
01 O
K
V
£
"a.
VI
J
in
re
in
S
£
O_
E
re
u
ft)
u
4J
re en
ft) C
c
c —
re *~
a: o
in
U
c
to
en
u
0
-a
c
to
• o
4*
in
"s
V)
2
"o
VI
o
•
M-
O
C
2
~ in
_
CL
C
4J
C
O
^
re
N ft>
u re
ft) u
E O
— CO
ti
in
u
1
t_
0
c
re
o
4-*
i
i
c
o
4-f
3
"o
o.
l^
<
N
"c
re
u
3
^ 0.
V)
o « c
t- 4J ft)
til
isl
.Eg
in **- —
ft) -M
> in 3
— -o —
*o ^ o
ft) CO'
C L.
jr • «
0 4J
t- 3 in
U- CTT)
4) —
O C CO
C ^ •
t- E •*
re c
« c re
m O •f
in 4J
^r c
re ft)
"I
ml-
iS
VI •—
c-?
o "o
•o CL
in u
(D —
S re
en
c
c
§
CL
C
J
a
*c
tt
u
1
^
«*-
V
S
cr
ft
-------
Product Type
Dipped Goods
Household gloves
Surgical gloves
Prophylactics
Balloons (Toy and Advertising)
Thread (-bare rubber)
Latex Foam
Automotive Seating
Upholstery
Mattresses and Pillows
Carpet and Rug Cushions
Other Latex Foam Products-
'Includes hospital padding anc
Total
topper pads.
Value
(mi 11 ion dollars)
11.1
. 20.0
• 16. Jf
10.3
25.2
19-3
39.9
17.8
24.2
59-3
21*3.5
SOURCE: "1967 Census of Manufacturers — Rubber and Miscellaneous Plastic
Products"; U..S. Department of Commerce (issued 1970).
Table 9 - 196? Shipments of Gelneral Latex - Based Products by U.S. Producers
54
-------
readily and quickly be removed by evaporation. The second technique
is coagulation-dipping where the rubber goods are produced by
coagulating a film of rubber from a rubber latex onto shaped forms.
Thicker-walled items are made by coagulation-dipping rather than those
manufactured by the straight-dip method. The thicker rubber deposit
cannot be dried as readily and
must be assisted -by coagulation in
order that it does not disintegrate during subsequent processing.
Figure 6 is a flow diagram for a typical coagulation dipping
operation. Such a facility might be engaged in the manufacture of
rubber gloves. A close-loop conveyor transports the forms through
various processing units. The forms can be made of glazed procelain
or polished metal.
The forms are first dried md heated to 100-120° in a conditioning
oven prior to dipping in thje coagulant solution;. The coagulant
solution is usually a mixture of organic solvents and coagulants.
Combinations of ethanol and acetone are generally used as solvents.
Typical coagulants are calcium nitrate, calcium chloride, and zinc
nitrate. A surfactant is sometimes added to the mixture to ensure
good "wetting" of the forms, and release agents are added in cases
where the form has a complicatjed shape and removal of the dipped goods
from the forms is difficult. After coating with coagulants, the forms
are dipped in the rubber latepc. The rubber latex and ingredients are
compounded prior to the dipping operation. In some cases, the latex
storage and compounding tanks are cooled with cooling coils or jackets
to prevent degradation of the latex. The coagulant film on the
rubber emulsion to "break". The latex
surface of the form causes the
solids coalesce to produce a film of rubber that covers 'and adheres to
the form.
through a preliminary drying oven to dry
it does not disintegrate and wash away
p. In the washing operation the soluble
are leached out and rinsed away.
ie leachate are the emulsifiers used
!f the latex and metal ions from the
The coated forms are passed
the film sufficiently so that
in the subsequent washing st
constituents of the rubber
Important constituents of
originally in the production
coagulant mixture.
The coated forms are sent through a drying oven to dry the goods. In
some applications, such as rubber gloves manufacture, the goods are
not only dried but heated sufficiently so that the rubber coating can
be rolled downward on itself to form a reinforced cuff bead.
In most applications the rubber goods are stamped with the proprietary
brands and other information s'uch as size in a stamping unit after the
drying process.
The rubber goods are cured in
curing the items are cooled
an oven at approximately 200°F. After
in a water cooling tank and mechanically
55
-------
-------
stripped from the forms
detergent. The detergent is
rinse tank. '
operati
The final manufacturing
dusting them inside and ou
packaging.
usually with the aid of a lubricating
subsequently washed from the goods in a
on
;side
consists of drying the goods,
with talc to prevent sticking and
In cases where sterilized products are required, such as surgical
rubber gloves, the goods can be immersed in a chlorine dip tank (free
chlorine concentration typically 1,000 mg/1) to provide disinfection
and improve the surface finish of the glove. After disinfection the
goods are dipped in a hot water tank (approximately 170°F) to remove
the' residual chlorine from the rubber product. These two operations
generally occur between the post-curing cooling tank and the final
drying and packaging operation. In many cases the gloves are
sterilized by dipping in a hot
water bath (approximately 200°F)
Periodically, it is necessary to clean the form upon which the goods
are deposited. When this is necessary, the forms are passed through a
bath containing a cleaning agent. In the case of porcelain forms the
agent used can be chromic acid (mixture of potassium dichromate,
sulfuric acid, and water). The cleaned forms are rinsed of residual
chromic acid in a subsequent rinse tank. The tank is equipped with a
fresh water makeup and overflow to blow down the accumulation of
cleaning agent. The cleaning frequency is generally on the order of
once a week. Other methods <3f cleaning involve simply scrubbing the
forms with cleaning agents followed by rinsing.
The waste water sources and characteristics of a typical dipping oper-
ation are presented in Table 10.
The straight-dip method is the
removed. Aftet dipping, the
simplest of any used in making articles
from latex. The forms are dipped directly into the latex and slowly
form is slowly rotated while the liquid
film is drying to ensure a uniform film thickness. The films are
dried at room temperature or in warm air at 120 to 140°F. Thicker
articles can be made by a multiple-dipping process with drying between
dips. Latex deposits vary from 0.005 to 0.10 inch per dip, depending
on the viscosity of the latex compound.
Cement-Based pipped Goods
discuss
It is appropriate to
rubber cement here because the
the manufacture of latex-based
Figure 7.)
the manufacture of dipped goods from
production process has similarities to
dipped goods as described above. (see
Various products are made via cement dipping processes. The following
process description is oriented towards the manufacture of gloves
57
-------
u
4)
J?
5f
4)
in
c
C ID
cn —
I- ID
0 *J
TI 0
C 0
ID
4>
L.
3
4-1
ID
TJ
C
«D
TJ
4)
TJ
C
4)
D.
in
3
in
in
0 •
— in
C TJ
(D —
cn —
v- O
O m
TJ TJ
4> 4)
^— ^—
O O
in in
in in
Q TJ
1/1
4)
T» 4-»
C
C
Z5
4-)
ID
f^
3
O
Q.
E
O
CJ
TJ
C
(D
D
01
ID
O
4-1
CO
X
4>
4->
ID
X
4J
ID
^
TJ
4J
ID
2
cn
ID
O
O
c
3
«*-
O
in
4)
4-1
i •
C
(D
3
cr
.c
cn
31 ••
.
in
TJ
^
O
in
TJ
«
»••«
O
in
in
._
^j
in
U
*—
c
ID
cn
O
Tg
4) '
>
"o
in
in
Q
L.
4)
TJ *J
C 4}'
in in
Jt C
R) —
a> ;i_
j «
• 3
in o
— c
»— Q)
Q.—
CO O
a.
S
4-1
C
ID
3
cn
ID
O
O
TJ
C
ID
TJ
4!
TJ
C
4)
a.
in
3
in
in
0 •
— in
C TJ
ID —
«- "o
O «>
TJ TJ
4) 4>
> >
^^ ^^
O O
in in
in in
£*$ ^J
TJ
C
ID in
u
in 4).
ID ID
4) 5
• 5
•• o
tn —
*— 4-
^» \
._ Q)
Q. >
co o
TJ
C
ID
«.
cn
'c
,^
^-,
O
o
CJ
M
£
in in
ID ^£
3 C
4J I—
o
3 4)
TJ in
0 C
a. a:
.
4J
C
4)
Cn
ID
C
0
4J
ID
N
•—
*»
U
O
4_>
in
•>
IT)
•u
•«— ,
o
in
TJ
4)
' >
*_—
O
in
in
Q
in
i-
4)
TJ 4J
C ID
ID 5
•> J
in o
«J <4-
V L.
^
« 0
in
— 4J
— in
— c
Q.—
CO U
in
in
4>
U
O
L_
o.
c
o
4-1
ID
N
_
.-.
1_
4)
4J
CO
•^
C
ID
TJ
4)
TJ
C
4)
0-
in
3
in
in
O •
— in
C TJ
ID —
Cn —
i- O
O m
TJ TJ
4) 4)
> > _
•^ ^«
O O
in in
in in
0 TJ
4)
in
C
"u
TJ
C
ID
j:
in
ID
S in
L.
E 4)
C 4J
O ID
u. s
cn
C
•—
c
ID
4)
CJ
O
u_
in
TJ
«_
O
i/i
TJ
4J
>
*«•
0
in
V)
•^
TJ
TJ
C
ID
TJ
4)
TJ
C
4)
a.
in
3
in
.
in
U
•^
C
ID
cn
O
TJ
C
ID
M-
l^..
TJ O
_C C
in 3
ID L.
5
ID i-
4) O
1- 4->
in
O
o
in
in
in
in
4)
8
a.
I
o
-D
ID
58
-------
tf)
o
t-
iu
IU
U
<
'z
o
§
a
O
«
O.
IU
ee
O
u.
Of
O
O
O
O
-------
having a high electrical resistance. Cement dipping results in a
product which has good ele'ctrical resistance since no water or ionic
..species are trapped in the cement as would be the case with latex
dipped gloves.
The solid rubber required for the
cement recipe is compounded in a
small Banbury mixer or compounding mill. The recipe ingredients
include antioxidants, curing agents, and pigments. The compounded
stock is cut in small pieces to facilitate dissolution in the solvent.
These pieces of stock are separated by weight into pre-determined
quantities and placed in a bin. The wastes generated in the rubber
compounding and weighing areas[result from spills and leakages from
machinery, powders from compounding, and washdown waste waters.
The rubber cement is prepared in blend tanks using fixed quantities of
rubber stock and solvent. The solvent used is generally aliphatic in
nature, for example, hexane.
storage tank prior to its use
rubber cements of different
The blended cement is pumped to a
in the dipping operation. Several
colors and properties are stored
simultaneously awaiting the dipping operation. Solvent and rubber
cement leaks can occur in this area. The gloves are formed by dipping
on glazed procelain forms. In the case of linesmen gloves the rubber
layer is built up with about twenty to thirty dips. The dipped
products are allowed to drip-dry between dips. The temperature and
humidity of the air in the drying room is controlled to ensure good
drying conditions.
When the dipping and drying operation is completed, the gloves are
stamped with size and brand information and the cuff bead is formed by
rolling the cuff back on itself.
The gloves are cured in an open steam autoclave vulcanizer. The
temperature and length of curing depends on the type of glove and
properties of the rubber. The ste'am condensate leaches organics from
the rubber. The condensate is extremely low in volume and is
discharged to the plant drain. At the end of the curing cycle the
gloves are removed from the vulcanizer and left to air cool.
When partly cool the gloves are dapped in a anti-tack slurry or equiv-
alent anti-tack agent prior to jfinal cooling. The anti-tack slurry
dries leaving a powder on the gloves which are then stripped from the
forms. The gloves are dusted in
sent to product inspection.
a rotating drum with talc powder and
Gloves which pass a visual inspection are tested for electrical re-
sistance. This operation involves filling the gloves with water and
placing the gloves in a tank of waiter. A high voltage is applied be-
tween two electrodes; one electrode inside the water-filled glove and
the other outside in the water-filled tank. At -a given voltage, a
60
-------
satisfactory glove limits the current flow. Gloves removed from the
tank are dried and packaged prior to shipment.
Periodically the forms require cleaning. This is carried out with a
mild scouring slurry followed by rinsing of the forms. Spent scouring
slurry and the rinse waters are low in volume.
The types of waste water generated by a typical cement dipping
operation are listed in Table
Rubber Goods from Porous Molds
Porous molds prepared from plaster of Paris or unglazed porcelain with
pore sizes smaller than the smelliest rubber particles, are used in the
rubber sundry industry. The
funnel-shaped opening into the
dwell in the mold until
developed on the mold wall.
latex compound is poured through a
mold. The latex compound is allowed to
deposit of the desired thickness has
and placed in an oven to
articles, to prevent pour line
The mold is emptied of excess compound
dry at 1
-------
o>
L.
4>
4-1
4)
5
4)
in
re
in
O C
re
V c
o — -
3 1
O 4J
CO C
O
•a o
re
o
3
re
i
E
o
in
>-
o
Q.
I
U
'o.
in
U
•*
re
en
t_
o
•o
re
^_
._
o
X-
<*-
o
c
E
E
c
o
4->
V>
8
u
3
V)
•a
c
re
•t
in
re
4)
M
in
•—
Q.
CO
4)
cn
re
4)
^
«-
o
4_l
,,,
C
4J
C
re
SI
re
L.
o
CO
4J
C
4)
_
O
T3
C
re
_
o
^
4)
re
c
re
_••
. •— •
O
4)
°
.
in
V
re
4)
-o
c
re
in
^
C
re
E
e
*4—
U)
•—
v«_
o
CO
tJ
-C.
in
re
3
TJ
C
re
A
in
s/
re
4)
0.
in
*—
"o.
cn
c.
*_
CL
0.
u
4-*
)
E.
o
u.
• c
c
re
u
4)
^
L.
«*-
in
4J
C
re
4J
o
re
M-
^
3
in
C
re
in
•w
•^
O
CO
.„
•o
c
re
4)
in
c
•«
&»
t
*
in
n*s
to
4)
K
in
•«.
•—
D-
V)
cn
c
c
re
4)
*-~
o
£
1_
o
u.
4-1
C
4)
cn
re
V)
cn
i.
re
x:
u
in
•*
•o
4-1
C
4)
en
re
cn
c
*c
re
^
o
•
T3
4)
4-1
re
c
E
re
4J
c
8
3
V)
U
4)
4-1
re
»
|
51
u
?
o
L.
4)
4-1
re
. 3"
4J
in
43
I—* ,
>*
4->
•;
'•«•
4J
o
3
•o
C
0
o
c
o
f*—
4J
o
4)
D.
in
c
4*J
O
3
O
U
Q.
•
O
4->
U
3
O_
m
I
' CO
•^J
4)
a
a
s
4->
4)
_
g
U
<4~
tn
4)
U
3
e
CO
u
4)
4-J
5
4)
4-J
in
5
T3
. 4)
+J
re
"o
O
in
in
<
T
in
in
4)
O
O
l_
a.
i
H
H
4>
^~
o
re
1—
-------
o
JO
m
o
o
O
50
J
Tl
O
T»
5
O
O
O
z
r»
|
I
lijlli
-------
I . . .,.••'..
i • . • -
I '
The latex may consist entirely of najtural latex or synthetic SBR latex
or it can be a mixture of natural and an SBR latex. "The load-bearing
capacity of the foams at a given density falls significantly as SBR is
used . in place of natural rubber.! Latex rubber foams are generally
prepared in slab or molded forms in the density range of 4 to 8 pounds
per cubic foot. I
Many different processes are patented for preparing this type of prod-
uct, but there are two of prime commercial interest for manufacturing
such articles as molded-foam cushioning stock. These are the Dunlop
-the most widely used — and the Talalay processes. Some producers
have developed variations which in e'ffect are a combination of the two
processes. |
The basic aspects of the Dunlop process are:
1. mechanically whipping the latex to a froth;
2. settling the frothed mass w'ith a coagulant" or gelling agent; and
^3. vulcanizing the rubber so that the foam is permanent.
The latex is first whipped on a batch or continuous basis to produce
the foam. The Oakes continuous mixer is the standard piece of
equipment used by the industry jto prepare the foamed latex. The
gelling agents are added to this foam.
Proper coagulation of the latex to! give a stable foam (commonly
referred to as gelation) is the key to the process. The gelling agent
is one that can be mixed into the ifrothed latex, then remain dormant
long enough to allow the froth- to be poured into molds before
producing the gelling effect. The jgelling system usually consists of
sodium silicofluoride in conjunction with zinc oxide.
The foam is poured into molds and cu^red. The molds are usually steam
fji heated. When the curing cycle is .completed, the product is removed
from the mold and washed with water to remove those ingredients of the
:[| latex recipe which are not held permanently in the foam matrix. The
foam is dried in a hot air dryeri prior to inspection, storage, and
shipment. I
In the Talalay process the froth is jproduced by chemical rather than
mechanical means. Hydrogen peroxide; and enzymatic catalysts are mixed
into latex and the mixture is placed in the mold. Decomposition of
the peroxide by the added enzyme results in the liberation of oxygen,
which causes the latex mix to foam tup and fill the mold. The foam is
rapidly chilled and carbon dioxide jis then introduced to gel the
latex. The gelled foam is than1 handled in a manner similar to that
used in the Dunlop process.
The waste water generated by the manufacture of latex foam products
are similar to those produced at al latex-based dipped .goods facility
64
-------
I " .' - ,'••»''.
I .;•
with the exception that there iis an additional zinc-laden rinse water
generated by washing the foam product. These waste waters are
identified in Table 10. Ah important characteristic of this type of
waste water is the presence of uncoagulated latex solids.
Foam Backing !
For supported flat-stock foam, that is, foam backing on various
fabrics such as carpets, scatter mats, upholstery fabrics, etc., a
different type of gelatin jagent is employed in place of the sodium
silicofluoride gelling agent used in latex foam production. Either
ammonium acetate or ammonium sulfate is employed in combination with
zinc oxide. |
The .froth is prepared with an jOakes machine, the gelling agent is
added at the machine, and ] the foam is applied to the fabric by
spreading directly • on the jfabric or spreading on a belt and
transferring the wet gel to the fabric via the belt. The gelling is
carried out at elevated temperatures, usually with the aid of:infrared
lamps. To prevent uneven shrinkage, the fabric is carried through the
high-temperature zone and drying ovens on tenter frames. For this
application the foam is.poured in narrow thicknesses, from 1/8 inch up
to a maximum of 1/2 inch.: The waste waters produced by the
manufacture of foam backing arje comparable to those generated by a
typical latex-dipped dipped goods manufacturing facility (Table 10) .
| .
Summary I
! I , '.,.,' .
Based on the products and processes comprising the industry segment as
described above, it is possible to make some general conclusions about
the waste water characteristics of the industry segment and which
product areas should be groupejd for further discussion.
Although the types of product Manufactured by molding techniques are
diverse, the manufacturing processes are very similar. In addition, it
is believed that the characteristics of the waste waters generated by
the three principal molding [technologies (compression, transfer, and
injection) are comparable. ;
i - -
Extrusion is another fundamental rubber processing technology by which
several types of products are bade. Rubber extrusion, for example, is
a significant step in the manufacture of rubber hose as well as
belting. The waste water types throughout the industry appear to be
, similar and independent of the! type of extruded product.
The final stage in the manufacture of many rubber products involves
fabrication using molded jpr extruded components. In general,
fabrication operations are "driy" and the necessary waste water control
and treatment requirements appjear to be simple.
65
-------
Based on the apparent nature of the waste waters, it can be concluded
that molded, extruded, arid fabricated rubber products can be grouped
together. The processing methods! used generate waste waters limited
to spills, leaks, and housekeeping operations. The waste water is
characterized by oil and suspended solids loadings.
The quantity of reclaimed rubber knd the number of reclaim plants have
decreased dramatically over the liist several years. Associated with
this decline has been a conversion from the wet digestion process to
both pan (heater) and dry digestipn processes.. Due to the differences
in the waste water generated, rubber reclaiming shall be separated
into two subcategories, the wet digester process, and the pan,
mechanical, and dry digester process.
Two main latex-based product areas exist; latex dipped goods and latex
foam. Two small latex-based product areas also exist: latex thread
and items made in porous molds. The foam industry consists of one
major plant, other foam plants might exist but their capacity is
insignificant. owing to the apparent nature of the processes and the
waste waters produced, latex-based products can be separated into -two
subcategories: latex dipped, extruded, and molded items; and latex
foam, • ' • ... ,
i
66 !
-------
-il
SECTION IV
i
INDUSTRY j CATEGORIZATION . / •. ', ..
i • - • '
Introduction • ' • .
Industry subcategories were established to define where separate
effluent limitations and standards of control and treatment should
apply. The primary distinctions between the various subcategories
have been based on the waste water generated, its quantity,
characteristics, and applicability to control and treatment. The
factors considered in ascertaining . whether the developed
subcategories are justified were the following:
1. Manufacturing Process
2. Product
3. Raw Materials
i». Plant Size
5. Plant Age
6. Plant Location
7.' Air Pollution Control Equipment
8. Nature of Wastes Generated
9. Treatability of Waste Waters
As illustrated in Section III, there are obvious and intrinsic differ-
ences between reclaimed rubber; • latex-based products; and the molded,
extruded, and fabricated rubber products. Therefore, recleiimed
rubber, and latex-based products, have been treated separately.
Molded, extruded, and fabricated products will be treated as one group
and the subcategories of the industry to which specific standards
should, be applied will be discussed in this section under one of the
following subsections: i
i
1. Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Products
2. Reclaimed Rubber ]
3. Latex-Based Products ;
Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Products
Manufacturing Process
There are two fundamental processes, molding and extrusion, by which
products in this group are made;. Although the manufacture of many
products involves fabrication, of the final product from several
individual rubber components, the individual components are themselves
manufactured typically by molding or extrusion techniques. The waste
waters created by both mol^ding^ and extrusion operations orginate with
housecleaning spills, leaks, and washdown.
i*-
-------
It can be said, therefore, that in spite of process . variations, the
waste waters generated by all] products in this group are similar in
volume and constituents and thus further subcategorization is not
warranted. . ! . ,
Product . i
! "• ••.,•""'
The basic processes cf molding, iextrusion, and fabrication are used to
manufacture a wide array of rubbjer products. The waste waters associ-
ated with the majority of these products are similar and
subcategorization according to product is not justified.
Hose manufacture generally produces a vulcanizer condensate exhibiting
a relatively high concentration of lead (approximating 60 mg/1). The
flow rate of this condensate is Slow (typically less than 1 gpm) . Some
plants utilize contact cooling jwater during the extrusion of the lead
sheath and the cooling of the cuired hose. The flow, rate from these
cooling operations amounts to: approximately 50 gpm. However, lead-
laden waste waters can be segreigated and treated separately, thus
separate subcategorization based on this specific waste stream is not
justified.
|taw Materials
I
The basic raw materials for this; industry group are rubber, carbon
black, pigments, and oil. Although some fabrication processes use
latex as an adhesive and the methods for handling latex vary the waste
water problems associated with the use of latex can be overcome
readily. In light of these tacts, it is not reasonable to further
subcategorize molded, extruded, ,and fabricated products based on raw
material usage.
Study of the production facilities included in this group reveals that
the size distribution is broad and ranges from approximately 500
pounds per day to 265,000 pounds! per day of raw material. The small
plants in this group are predominantly independent molding shops
manufacturing specialized producjts for a limited number of wholesale
outlets. At the other end of tjhe spectrum, the larger plants tend to
be integrated plants making several types of products. The medium
sized and large plants are frequently operated by the large tire and
rubber companies. Some products, such as hose or belting, are
produced only by medium or large! facilities.
Although the waste water characteristics and treatment methods of
small, medium, and large plants jare similar, the impact of waste water
control and treatment costs on tlie smaller plants is likely to be more
critical than their effect on lajrge plants. This fact tends to be
68
-------
magnified since most small plants are operated by
companies with less financial flexibility of resources.
independent
.Based on these observations, jit was concluded that molded, extruded,
and fabricated rubber products should be subcategorized in order to
ascertain the cost of waste wjater control and treatment for three
separate plant sizes. Accordingly, the molded, extruded, and
fabricated rubber products jias been split into three production
capacity size ranges. Thej three size ranges, the percent of the
product area covered by the sjize ranges, and the corresponding median,
or typical, production capacity for each size range are shown below.
m
Range of Plant
Sizes
kg/day (Ibs/day)"
>•
less than 3,720 (8,200)
3,720-10,430 (8,200-23,000
greater than 10,430 (23,000)
Plant Age
Percent of the
Product Area
Typical Size For
_ Each Range
kg/day (Ibs/day)
30
30
40
910
7,710
15,420
(2,000)
(2,000)
(34,000)
Rubber molding, extrusion, and fabricated product plants have a broad
age distribution. Howevet, there have been few processing
developments in that period that have had any significant waste water
impact. In general, the waste water control and treatment costs for
an older plant will probably be higher than those of a new plant, but
this is not always the case. ] In addition, it is difficult to usefully
characterize the cost-to-agje relationship and to define meaningfully
the age demarcation line br lines. Analysis of waste water
characterization and treatment data reveal that the age of a plant
does not preclude
technologies.
the use, of exemplary control and treatment
Therefore, it has been concluded that plant age is not a significant
factor for separate subcategoirization.
• | -
Plant Location j
Although a high proportion ofj the plants are located in one region of
the country (Akron, Ohio and its environs), climate and geographical
location are not the reasons behind this fact. Akron Is the
traditional center of the | rubber industry where in the past raw
materials (rubber and the special mix ingredients) , rubber processing
machinery and equipment, rjubber process technology, and experienced
labor have been readily available, climate and location do not affect"
the basic processing techniques used by the industry and will have
little impact on waste water jtreatability or effluent quality. There-
fore subcategorization according to plant location is not necessary.
69
-------
ftir pollution Control Equipment ]
- ] -. . . •
The type of air pollution control equipment employed by the facility
can have an effect on the quantity and quality of a plants overall
process waste water flow. The use of dry scrubbing equipment produces
no waste water problem. If wet scrubbing devices are used solid-laden
blowdown can be settled and filtered. By recycling the water from the
settled and filtered discharge,! this waste water problem can be
minimized. Plants which utilize Wet scrubbers are given an additional
allowance for TSS. The waste stream can be isolated and kept from
interfering with the treatability of other process waste waters.
Thus, air pollution control requirements do not warrant further
subcategorization. I
,j.' '.. • " •-
Nature of Wastes Generatgd j :
Analysis of available data indicated that the process waste water
types and characteristics generated by the manufacture of general
molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products are effectively
similar. Some minor variations do occur. Processes utilizing latex
adhesive can produce latex-laden waste waters if inadequate water
management or housekeeping practices are employed. Latex-laden rinse
waters should be low in volume and can be containerized or replaceable
liners can be used inside lat^x containers thereby eliminating the
rinse waters completely. Waste j waters created by wet scrubbing
equipment tend to be laden witiji suspended solids. This waste water
can be recycled with a slipstreamjto blowdown the accumulated solids.
The slipstream is low in volume land can be containerized, treated by
settling and filtration, or sent to a municipal system..
Based on these observations, it is not deemed necessary to
subcategorize further according to the nature of the waste waters
generated.
Treatability of Waste Waters !
I • .
The control and treatment practices and technologies employed by
plants are similar and are based on oil and .suspended solids
separation. In addition, the effluent qualities of exemplary plants
of all processing types and product mixes are comparable. These facts
indicate that subcategorization is not justified based on waste water
treatability. !
Summary I
Studies of molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products indicate
that the only valid basis for subcategorization is plant size. This
is not required owing to differing waste water types but because the
process waste water flow rate| is relatively higher for small size
plant and financial resources of jthe smaller plants are generally
70
-------
I :, . . . ' . ••
j - -
weaker than those of larger rubber companies. The size-range
subcategorizations, which werel selected to reflect fully the potential
economic and flow rate differences, are as follows:
i Model Flow
i 1/kkg
Small Plants: Less than 3,72ol kg/day (8,200 Ib/day) of 16,200
raw material, j
Medium Plants: 3,720-10,430 kgfday (8,200-23,000 Ib/day) of 9,810
raw material, j
Large Plants: Greater than 201,430 kg/day (23,000 Ib/day) of 6,210
raw material, i
Rubber Reclaiming
Manufacturing Process
i
As described in Section III, there are principally three reclaiming
processes used currently inj the United States. Wet digestion, the
oldest of the three, itself fias process variations which involve
rubber scrap defibering andi the types of digestion medium used. In
some plants, physical defibering is carried out before the digestion
step; in others, chemical defibering is effected in the digestion
process itself. The acidic-inedium digester process is virtually
extinct but alkaline- and neutral-medium process variations do exist.
In addition to the wet digested process, there is the dry digester
process which has fundamental process similarities to the wet process.
Some wet digester systems havje been or are being converted to the dry
process. The pan, or heater, process is the most common reclaiming
process and has almost replaced the wet digester process. The least
common or least conventional process is the mechanical process and it
is believed that only one pjlant uses this technology. Both the pan
and mechanical reclaim processes need defibered scrap rubber produced
by the physical defibering process.
It was concluded that therje are essentially three distinct process
technologies used in producing; reclaimed rubber: 1) digester (wet and
dry) process, 2) pan (or heater) process, and 3) mechanical process.
Product
There are primarily two types jof reclaimed rubber produced by the
industry. One type is general reclaim prepared from general scrap
rubber items but prinpipally strap tires; the other type of reclaimed
rubber is butyl rubber reclaim produced exclusively from scrap inner
tubes. The scrap inner tube taw material requires no defibering,
whereas general scrap rubber,i like tires, requires either physical or
chemical defibering. .Although! there are distinct product and process
differences inherent in theste two types of reclaim product, there is
71
-------
waste water in>Pact' since! most reclaim plants produce the two
of product.
Raw Materials
aIn^f^^SId *$ the sec*ion ab<>ve' two faasic types of raw materials,
general scrap and scrap inner tubes, are used by the reclaiming
SeUS^;^ Si?Q* b°th «*'«*«* can »e «*ed side 2? side .SuSSSS
m^nSJ fy in?6r tUbe SCrap is n^mally overshadowed by the
SKSSnJf ^jneral scrap rubber | being processed in the reclaim plant,
necessary according to raw material type is not deemed
Plant Size .1
Most rubber reclaiming plants in Ibusiness today tend to be large pro-
to m™?« fafilxt*es' Remaining smaller plants are generally clnneSed
to municioal «as^ ™<-~- treatment systems and, as such, are subject
r*A ff TJJ ^ — *_«__«• . • ^ . . _ -*
, ,
an ,sta"dards- ** -is anticipated that future reclaim
capac!tXsb 6d °r re-°Pened wi^ have large production
ni^ni «J^ iS cfnc^-uded ^hat further subcategorization according to
plant size is not warranted for rjubber reclaiming facilities.
Plant Age |
jLrne"i' "Clai.m^?.?la"ts te.n!d *° be old facilities and in -the
s
nn ?S SYi * account bV considering subcategorization based
on the reclaim process used as di&cussed above.
Plant Location . • ;
— — — — "• — — - • - .
few surviving reclaim plants are not limited to one particular re-
li ' ! locati?n of reclaiming plants is probably linked v^ry
«i?*S Y *^° a °heap and available supply of scrap tires. However
SJSenSnt Qr°^SS technol°?y nof «>e waste water treatment me?hS i s
d,!h^df « •°n4..the, geographic location and, therefore, further
subcategorization for reasons of geographic location is not required?
I
72
!'
i
-------
. I ; - '
Pollution Control Equipment . '
Rubber reclaiming plants ar^ infamous for the odor problems they
create in the neighborhood of the plants. Wet air pollution control
.devices are common in the industry; however, similar control measures
are required for all plants using the same reclaiming process. There-
fore, subcategorization of the jrubber reclaiming industry according to
the extent and type of air pollution control equipment employed is not
necessary. •'
i
gature of Wastes Generated I
. i • • •
The types and characteristics of the waste waters produced by the pan
(heater), mechanical, and dry |digester processes are similar although
the waste waters generated by the pan and dry digester processes are
probably slightly more contaminated with organics than the waste
waters produced by mechanical process. Therefore, if the mechanical,
dry digester, and pan processes are studied as one subcategory, the
developed guidelines • should be based on the exemplary treatment
applicable to the pan and dry digester processes.
Such a data contraction or simplification is not detrimental to the
objectives of the guidelines sttudy since only one plant is known to
use the mechanical reclaim process. The waste waters produced by the
wet digester process are more contaminated than those generated by the
other reclaim processes 'and tljieir control and treatment are more
involved. Accordingly, the rubber reclaim subcategorization is based
solely on waste water types. The result is two subcategories: 1) wet
digester process, and 2) oth^r reclaim processes to include the pan,
mechanical, and dry digester processes.
I
Treatability of Haste Waters j .
The treatabilities of the process waste waters produced by the- pan,
dry digestion, and mechanical processes are similar and are based on
suspended solids and oil removal. By contrast, the waste waters
created by the wet digester process, as well as requiring oil and
suspended solids removal, warrant further treatment to reduce
dissolved organic contaminants. In light of these differences, the
reclaiming industry should j be separated into two distinct
subcategories: 1) wet digestion reclaimed rubber plants, and 2) pan,
dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber.
i , - .
Summary , |
~" i
In order to establish effluent;limitations and standards of control
and treatment, rubber reclaiming should be divided into two sub-"
categories because of differences in the natures of the generated
waste waters and their treatabilities. The two subcategories are:
I - - .
1. Wet digestion reclaimed'rubber
2. Pan (heater), mechanical, and dry digestion
reclaimed rubber. I
i •..-.'••'...'-•
73 -•_•-•-•-•• - ;
-------
I
Latex-Based Products !
Manufacturing Process
. ' • ~ I ' • .
Two types of manufacturing process are predominant in the production
of latex-based products. Dipped goods, such as surgical gloves, aire
made by single or multiple dipping operations. Latex foam production,
on the other hand, involves the frothing or foaming of rubber latex
followed by curing. It should bejnoted that although the two process
technologies exhibit distinct; differences there are strong
similarities in the two processes|from the standpoints of materials
handling and waste water characteristics. It was apparent that latex-
based products should be tentatively subcategorized into dipped goods
and foam in order to reflect; the differences in the process
technologies. Latex-based products such as latex thread and items
formed in porous molds,, although minor product types, must be
considered separately until fina^. conclusions can be made as to which
subcategory they should be assigned.
Product I
The products made from latex-based raw materials are varied. However,
the manufacturing processes, waste water characteristics, and
treatment efficiencies of manyi of these product types are similar.
Therefore, only four product^ segments are required. These segments
are dipped goods and latex foamjas well as the minor products, latex
thread and porous mold items. I
Raw Materials
The basis for the separation of 14tex-based products from the rest of
the segment covered by these guidelines and limitations was the fact
that rubber latex was the common iraw material. The various types of
rubber latex used do not have differing waste water impact and thus
there is no need for further subc^tegorization according to the type
of raw material used. i
i • •
Plant Size j
i ''.'•"'
,| :- • . -r . :- ' -
The size distribution of dipped goods manufacturing facilities is
relatively confined, and it is not necessary to study the waste water
characteristics and treatment techniques of several plant sizes for
this subcategory. The one known latex foam plant has a raw material
usage of 200,000 Ibs/day latex solids and is large in comparison with
latex dipping facilities. It is 'believed by many rubber industry
experts that no other foam production facilities exist in the United
States. It is certainly true to say that few significant latex foam
plants are currently operating. Therefore, only one size of foam
74
-------
plant will be studied, namely that of the plant that is known to
exist.
I
The process technology usejd by the latex dipping industry has not
changed significantly since the advent of the industry, and therefore
plant age is not considered a necessary factor for further
subcategorization. Since therle is only one significant latex foam
production facility, plant jage is not a reason for subcategorization
of the latex foam category. JThis approach is supported by the fact
that the changes in latex foam production methods over the years have
not had a waste water impact.!
Plant Location i
Geographical location does no|t have any effect on the process techno-
logies or waste water treatments used in either the latex dipping or
foam producing industries. Tjhus plant location is not justified as a
factor for subcategorization. Climatic conditions, such as
temperature, will affect the rate of biodegradation. However,
climatic effects can be tak^n into consideration during the design of
a treatment facility such |that the effluent limitations can be
complied with throughout the JU. S.
Air Pollution Control Equipment
Few air pollution controls; and no wet scrubbing devices are used by
plants manufacturing 'either Ijatex dipped goods or foam. Accordingly,
air pollution control equipment needs do not constitute grounds for
further subcategorization of ithe industry.
! : '
Nature of Wastes Generated j • • '
HI I
Waste waters generated are characterized by latex solids, which result
from spills or leaks arouind loading/unloading areas, and from
associated with' tankage, blending, and product wash
Product and equipment washing operations result in
wiaste water. A separate problem for the
zinc concentrations in
operations
facilities.
surfactants
entering the
latex foam industry is the existence of high
the foam rinse operations. I
Based on the specific characteristics of the zinc-laden foaitn rinse
waters, the latex-based products industry is divided into two subcate-
gories: dipped goods
latex foam.
(including thread and porous mold items) and
75
-------
Treatabilitv of Waste Waters '
The treatability of latex-laden waste waters from all types of
production facilities can be Created similarly with chemical
coagulation and clarification for primary treatment and biological
treatment for the removal of sellable contaminants. The zinc-laden
waste waters generated in foam plants require chemical precipitation
and clarification as primary treatment followed by biological
secondary treatment. I
With this in mind, it was deemedinecessary to separate latex products
into two separate subcategories, dipped goods (as well as thread and
porous mold items) and latex jfoam, based on the different treata-
bilities of the waste waters. i
l:
m
Summary
Analysis of latex-based products ! manufacturing, point to subcate-
gorization based on process, plarit size, waste water characteristics,
and treatability. Therefore, theisubcategorization should be:
1. Dipped goods, latex thread, and items made in porous molds.
2. Latex foam. . ;
i
Summary ]
The considerations presented in this section substantiate the
following subcategorization: j
i
Small-sized general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber plants
subcategory; medium-sized general : molded, extruded, and fabricated
rubber plants subcategory; large-sized general molded, extruded, and
fabricated rubber plants subcategory; wet digestion reclaimed rubber
subcategory; pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber
subcategory; latex-dipped, latex-extruded, and latex-molded
subcategory; latex foam subcategory.
76
-------
SECTION V
WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
I ' •'
General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber
Subcategori es
i .
1
I
Waste water characterization j data was obtained from literature, EPA
documents, and company data. PJlant visits (refer to Section VII) were
made to confirm this data. Figures 1, 2, 3, a and 7 are generalized
process diagrams of typicalj molded, extruded, hose, footwear, and
cement-dipped production facilities, respectively; they indicate the
location of water supply and waste water generation streams.
i
Total Effluent j
Table 12 summarizes total! effluent quantities and contaminant
loadings. All data is normalized to a unit of raw material
consumption. Indicated flow' rate values include both process and
nonprocess waste waters. Honpirocess waste water can include once-
, through cooling water, codling[tower blowdown, boiler blowdown, intake
| water treatment wastes, domestic wastes, and steam condensate. The
largest portion of the total effluent flow is cooling water discharge.
Fluctuations in the flow rates generally reflect water management
practices. For instance, plants G and C use recirculated cooling
water, whereas plants A and D have once-through cooling systems.
i ' .. !
| Values tabulated for raw waste loads include both process and
nonprocess waste waters. In addition to the values listed, tests were
conducted for other contaminants, such as phenols, chromium, and.zinc.
Phenol content in all the plants visited was minimal and it can be
assumed that phenols in Subcategories E, F, and G total raw effluents
will not be significant. Chromium and zinc can be present in the
total plant effluent from nonprocess waste waters evolved from cooling
tower blowdowns,*but concentrations are usually below the measurable
level. As with flow rates! COD and BOD loadings reflect water
management techniques. Typically, the use of cooling water treatment
chemicals in recirculated cooling water systems will raise the COD and
BOD loadings in the final effluent.
Suspended solids and oil loadings are attributable to process waste
water discharges. These loadings in the total effluent appear minor
when compared to COD and BOD loadings. There are two major reasons-
for this: first, process flow rates are minor relative to nonprocess
discharges and dilution by Jnonprocess waste waters reduces their
concentrations in final raw effluents; secondly, the plants listed
have exemplary features. Sound housekeeping and maintenance practices
(i.e., care to prevent spills, dry pickup of spills, and repair of
77
-------
I ' -
l\ 5 S-S 5-52 s S
,J • • o .' o _• o _•
?i f I f s f 5 S *
:!--••
||f S 55 SSS is-
-I - o o «•_•-•_• v
*. * a
£ I 5 £ 5
2 s s e s
a a » - i
i-.n i
SI t "« » • =
; ?. .; «
J
!! il J!i J
ll i ii i i !l i i
II!
ill
-
78
-------
I ;..".. . . .
I , .. , - • . . , . . .-.-.•;
leaking machinery and pipes) ejubstantially reduce suspended solids and
oil loadings in raw effluents.'
-Dissolved solids loadings in -the raw effluents is a function of both
the water management techniques, particularly with utility services,
and the quality of the water sjupply source. Typically, the use of a
cooling water recirculation j system or the use of an underground raw
water source will increase the1 dissolved solids loadings in the final
effluent. | •
The raw waste waters from Plant D and Plant G contain lead and, in
general, have a higher COD content. This is attributable to
vulcanization techniques employed in hose manufacturing.
Raw waste water loadings of Plant B are lower than those of the other
plants. This plant produces ce|ment dipped goods. Their manufacture
requires less heavy machinery and a correspondingly smaller amount of
nonprocess and process waste waters are evolved.
Individual Process Streams
The primary source of process waste waters within the general molded,
extruded, and fabricated rubber subcategories. is related to the use of
heavy machinery, and various ainti-tack solutions. Leakage of bearing,
gear, and seal oil can readiliy pass into nearby drains and be carried
into the waste water effluents?. Oil powered hydraulic systems provide
additional potential for oil contamination of waste waters. Anti-tack
agents which are allowed to 'spill onto the floor can, when not
properly handled, contaminate plant effluents,' contributing a
potentially high suspended solid, loading. Washdown of the dipping
areas where anti-tack agents are in use will create an additional
suspended solids loading in tliie effluents. In addition, uncontrolled
or untreated runoff from-outdoor oil storage areas will contribute to
additional oil loadings in th6 effluent. Flow, oil, and suspended
solids contributions from these sources are the major components of
the total process effluent. Smaller plants, with a typically less
efficient operation (smaller throughput per machine) and older
machinery, normally have higher oil and suspended solids loadings per
pound of raw material usage. Larger storage areas in relation to
production level are also typical of smaller plants and potential
contamination from these area6 is relatively greater.
The discharge from wet. air emission control devices is another process
waste water which, although of less significance, is common to the
general molded, extruded ,^..-and fabricated rubber subcategories.
Particulate air collec£ic*i equipment is necessary in the compounding
areas and those area's where grinding or buffing of rubber occurs.
This would include -such processes as buffing of products to remove
flash and "the grinding of rublper from metal parts. Air pollution
1 . . , . "..- .. "• -
79
-------
control devices in the compounding areas are typically the dry bag-
type collectors. Devices in other areas can be either wet or dry.
Other process waste waters of minor importance include the discharge
of contact cooling water, productjtesting waters, and spillage of mold
release solution. Product testing and contact cooling waters are not
contaminated and in some cases are recycled. Mold release solutions
are usually applied manually. Spillage from this area is minute and
easily controlled.
i
Process waste waters specific to particular products within this
industry include vulcanizer condensate from the curing of both lead-
sheathed and cloth-wrapped hoses, vulcanizer condensate from the
curing of cement dipped items,
rubber production facilities.
and latex discharges from fabricated
Discharges of condensate from the curing of lead sheathed hose are
characterized by a high lead concentration (approximately 60 mg/1).
However, a relatively small lead loading results, due to the extremely
low flow rates of the condensate. Cooling water used on the lead
press and cured hose do contribute significant amounts of lead-laden
waters, approximately 22,400 gpd for a 28,750 Ib/day plant.
i
Vulcanizer condensate from the curing of cement dipped goods is
characterized by high COD concentrations (approximately 800 mg/1)
resulting from solvents removed from the product during curing
operations. Plow rates, however, are small, resulting in minor COD
loading (0.4 kg/kkg of raw mate'rial) . The vulcanizer condensate
produced during the curing of j cloth-wrapped hose has a lower COD
concentration and loading than the cement-dipped condensate.
Latex discharges are characterized by COD, BOD, and suspended solids
loadings, but with proper handling and controls they are relatively
minor. " .
In summary, the major process streams are:
1. Spills, leakage, and washjdown, from processing areas, and
runoff from outdoor storalge areas.
2. Vulcanizer condensate from the curing of lead-sheathed and
cloth-wrapped hoses, cojoling water from the lead sheathing
press (or extruder), and jwaters from the cooling of cured
lead-sheathed hose. |
3. Vulcanizer condensate from the curing of cement dipped items.
Flow rates and loadings fbr these streams are listed in Table
13. ' ' - ' ' • ' "
8
I
-------
•s. i t * v> I 1
Io £ '
D g *
i! i i ' it , ,
|"S - ° °
2
•; — S !? S S
•
*S2
rt o f
r* € o e o o *A
£* a s I s g
i: - - o o «•••
Jt O
> a 8; 8 " •• ~
«
£s
i§i '
'5s I g § .- $
1* • " • ' -'
1 ' '
5" „
o- 3 R _
g *• A •» (A ^^ ^^
?f £ ~ ^ * S
I * | 2 s ' a •' a
-
-
*
I
8 1
Is s
1= J
* •) O. A-
f:' • • 2 5 3 - - -. |lf i
^ c • » tr 1 "'
5 * • •—
*».— •» e
8S« I
u **«. £
•° *Il 13»'! J1
£ f ' "t ** 1"S TSS^I
||^ S£ 5ii a~s a •
; i ; ii| ifff |i| =
-111 !^: |li: ii^ 1
«c < < x *> u «j a ^ u xi!?o ?
"1 i *K ***
' " S g S"-^ 8-
1 • •- •- 1^^ o
"" «> «1 J^^1 "
* * 5jft |
SoS
E S t " ^5? c *i
Si 1 -1 • 5 a - 2 3s'| =
. s « « « * s • s IT" S
- s * * s 1 1 . fos *
* 5 5 5 5 * 8 S]^ ^ !
^ °'| "'S ^^ t S S -!^« I
! jj-s si i-i jj "= ' ^ *" °
] - ' • • '
81
.. .
^
1
(4
si
«M 1
C t)
o t
t* «
o
T
J »
« c
«> tt
1
3
1
•^
-------
Summary
Based on the discussion above, several conclusions can be drawn
the waste waters generated by Subjcategories E, F, and G:
about
Process waste waters are! of a low flow rate and
impact on the total effljuent flow rate.
have little
2.
The most significant process waste water streams occur by
spillage, leakage, washdowns, and runoff. They contribute
the majority of the suspended solids and oil in the final
effluent. The flow rate of this type of process waste water
is dependent on plant size, and increases relative to produc-
tion level as plant size1 decreases.
Other process streams wo|rthy of consideration are vulcanizer
condensate and contact! cooling water from the lead-sheathed
and cloth-wrapped hose production and cement dipped goods
manufacture.
J,
<». Other process streams are of negligible importance, their im-
pact being minor or undetectable.
i
Subcatecrory H — wet Digestion^ and Subcategory I — Pan (Heaterl g_
Mechanical, and Dry Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Industries
~l •
General - I ,
Data for characterizing the two reclaim subcategories were obtained
primarily from EPA documents and 'the companies. A data collection
visit was made at a plant which used both the wet digester and pan
processes in order to obtain further first-hand information. Since
the total number of facilities producing reclaimed rubber is small,
each existing plant was also interviewed to supplement the primary
data on processing techniques,! and waste water types and treatment
methods. I •
Total Effluent
Table 14 summarizes the total process and nonprocess waste water
effluent quantities and contaminant loadings of the plant visited.
All data are normalized to a unit of weight of reclaimed rubber
product. Table 15 presents rjaw waste loads of process waste water
effluents.*?
The flow rates presented include [both
waste
l~«v.« process and nonprocess
waters. For this plant, nonprocess waste waters include once-through
cooling water and steam condensate. Nonprocess water contributes the
bulk of the flow rate.
Rubber scrap coming to the plant is segregated. Tires are reclaimed
by the wet digester process; whereas fiber-free scrap, such as inner
82
-------
if 5
fV"
2 '
!
ill *
:
"~ [
o «
~ S* i *»o
' JO O ' S
i — i. ,
— O. .*
jt °
•** | =
JO
is, I
o o *
C^ 5 - v-
c I
t_
j
1 «
'!'
1^
;i
«5
I
GO
i
-
«
j'
1
|
oc
J
I
I
"l
i
£
£
i
|
i
1
*
4.
OV
%
i
i
jC
1 r
JC •
^ f •
I*
tJ
I ?
s |-
« »
1
{ i
. -\
\
' 1
— *
1
*n
1
i
§
' '• 1
-------
i
V
W1
;„,;
III
1 i
ii
1 !
1
i
j
I
•?*•*
; . 8
•*
1 8
i
Ii!
j|i
iii
i > •
,.;
i'.i
i i
-: {
tit
-
.•
-
I- § S£ - • * »•
* " ^ f*« fin. "* ^.
O O
J? 0 *
3 S a
Js'o S C1 5- £ S £
C- ^7 .*";.. * **
i
tn
r
0 ° S5 55 oo
S ' S § S S "
s
2S: .- ~
||:
ai
£» S 5 1 1 Si'
? e e «J *! « _;
5 i «S oo
* ! W
1
' ~ i
* z g g s s . Ij
2-S °E
- S i*
11 . . 5*
kg/kkg(lb/1
of p
r
f 5. ' i I i § }!
e e - -' o- o- 11
si
M
s 3 2 s s s |%
s1
£ ** • . " " **
ii
- a.
1"
?
J,
*• ,
. . •-
S —
«: s- s'l ^ K ii
•X • • • *^ O &Q vB
°, ° " ~ °" " ll 1
v , ,. . , - t .. fi
! '.'-"" - . £— £]
J
<
o **
= 8
J
15
*
'~ . Ill 4
•I" I. I II ''I S S ij| |
**'• i:'l II 1 I s JH §2
1 US J!
i . TH !• f _ •( C
{
'
1 |fs at
•- ' - ' ! s^ 3^
a . ? r i • !« «i
u •— C •— ** 1
S t £ S pZ ? a*
t •' = S : ' ^ 1'
S s - ^ 5 . K* 3«
8 • -5 •: 3 ° s . |«« as
! i .1 1 1 ,J i - ,i 'M ii
* i iirr •< • * i^ sii Jii
-• * . aS 1 I i .-* -s -="s *S1
w«*2^°"°" £-•••** t.*1 *.
fc ^ II 2 2 £ • -5 ££ SS^0 2
i 's i* * ? ;-i . Jt ii ;^2 .
. • 8 fi ?s i * '§ ..-« Jl *;i 3
g— o~«5 g1 ' — K «"• J "
B «. . S.C So g ^S 5; _
:..:.•- :-. , 84
*
i.
(
,
i
i-
i.
i
»
!
',
!
|
J
-------
tubes, is fed to the pan jprocess. Since tire reclaiming requires
additional grinding and associated cooling water, particularly as
preparation for the mechanical defibering operation, the wet digester
process waste water flow rates are higher than those of the pan
process. Incidentally, if tires were reclaimed by the pan process,
the flow of nonprocess cooling- water would be greater.
- _, .' [ ," , -'--,- ,„ „ - , .-. H,, ,„ --.,, -.,, .„ , ,-- , , , „' ,.-„,,.
The nonprocess cooling water is relatively contaminant free,
containing COD, BOD, and suspended solids attributable to the water
source rather than the reclaiming process. Therefore, the contaminant
loadings presented in Table 1^ are almost entirely attributable to
process waste water streams. |
In the wet digester process (Subcategory H) , the major constituents
include COD, BOD, suspended solids, and oil. Analytical testing was
made for phenols and heavy metals, in particular zinc, but the levels
were negligible. The existing! wet digester processes do not produce
zinc-laden waste waters as i were encountered with the older or more
conventional digester processes.
Values presented in Table 14 fjor Subcategory H represent raw waste
loads after in-plant control.; As mentioned earlier, fiber is removed
from the scrap mechanically, tlhereby reducing the suspended solids
loading of the effluent. In addition, dewatering liquors and vapor
condensates are reused as makejup to the digester, thus reducing final
oil and COD loadings. The' final loadings of importance are oil,
suspended solids, and COD. j
In the reclaim processes for Subcategory I (including pan, mechanical
and dry digestion reclaim processes) the process waste waters have
lower flow and contaminant loadings than the wet digestion process.
This is due to the absence of the dewatering liquor waste water stream
and the lower usage of depolymerizing oils in the dry reclaiming
processes. |
Individual Process
The primary source of process jwaste water loadings for Subcategory H
is dewatering liquor. High COD and oil loadings are characteristic of
this discharge. When mechanically defibered scrap is fed to the wet
digester process, suspended solids are contained in the dewatering
liquor owing to carrying over of depolymerized rubber fines. If
defibering is carried out chemically in the digestion step, additional
suspended solids due to the filber will be present.
A second major source of contajminant loadings for both Subcategory H
and Subcategory I is spills, leaks, and washdown from processing
areas. The discharge is qualitatively similar to the corresponding
discharge of Subcategories |E, F, and G; however, flow rates and
loading on a per-day basis are! substantially higher.
-------
A third major source of contaminant loadings is air control equipment
used to collect light organics which are vaporized or entrained in the
.vapors leaving the pan devulcanizers or the wet digester system.
Flows and loadings from the wet Digester process are substantially
higher than those of the pan process. In the wet digestion process,
the oil contained in these condensates can be recycled.
Summary
Waste waters generated by rubber reclaiming, Subcategories H and I,
contain the following major contaminant constituents: COD, suspended
solids, and oil. Analysis of waste waters from rubber reclaiming
plants, indicates that zincj and phenol are not present in
significantly measurable quantities. For subcategory H, dewatering
liquor contributes the majority!of the total COD, oil, and suspended
solid loadings. In both subcategbries, spills, leaks, washdown, eind
runoff from processing areas £re a substantial source of effluent
contamination. Additional contamination is attributable to the
control of vapor emissions frcsm both the pan and wet digester
processes.
Loadings for waste waters from Subcategory H are substantially higher
than those of Subcategory I. jIn-plant controls such as the use of
mechanically defibered scrap and the recycle of dewatering liquors
does not reduce the waste water loadings associated with the
Subcategory H process to the levels resulting from the Subcategory I
reclaiming process.
Latex-Based Products Subcateqories
General
Waste water characterization data for Subcategories J and K were
obtained from literature, EPA documents, company records, and first-
hand plant data. Plant visits (r4fer to Section VII) were made at two
latex dipping facilities and 6ne latex foam plant. Generalised
process flow diagrams, indicating' both product flow and waste water
generation points, are presented in Figures 6 and 8.
Total Process Effluent
Table 16 summarizes the total process effluent quantities and
contaminant loadings discharged by plants manufacturing latex-based
products. All data is normalized to a unit of latex consumption.
Flow rates are higher for the latex foam due to the larger amounts of
processing and product washing waters required.
I i , •• - • , • -
Effluent streams were measured' for COD, BOD, suspended solids,
dissolved solids, oil, surfactants, zinc, and. phenols. Phenols were
not found in any of the waste waters. Zinc was found in process waste
86
-------
8f
§-
O *
a :» *
S
*
SS 6 9 X* K
o,— (n * > «
*, if— c ** 6 **
£•
1
I
«H *
OLU
cn£
87
-------
waters from the latex foam facility. No zinc was found in waste
waters generated by latex 'dipped! facilities. COD, BOD, suspended
solids, and dissolved solids are attributable to latex in the waste
water. Loadings for Plant K are substantially higher because of the
contributions of detergent-ladeh wash waters which also produce a
higher flow. Surfactants are contributed by the emulsifying agents
used in the latex mix and additionally in Plant K by the detergent
present in the washing waste waters.
•- i . . - •- '.. • ' -'"••_- '
Individual Process Streams !
i
The principal source of waste waters within these subcategories is
product wash waters. These wash waters are characterized by a COD,
BOD, dissolved solids, and suspended solids loading. The loadings of
these waste waters are highlyj dependent on the washing techniques
employed by the company. CompanyjK uses detergents in the washing
operations, whereas Company J uses only high temperature water
(approximately 200°F) . The use of detergents adds to COD and BOD
loadings in the raw effluent. Flows are also highly dependent on the
technique employed. Higher flow irates are normally envolved from
multiple washings. i
i - • '•'.'.•
In -addition to the other loadings, discharges of product wash water
from latex foam facilities can contain high concentrations of zinc.
Zinc oxide is used as a curing!agent during foam manufacture. Zinc
components, which are not held, or fixed, in the foam matrix are
removed by the wash waters.
A second source of contamination results from spills, leaks, washdown,
and runoff from latex storage, compounding, and transfer areas. This
waste water will contain latex a^d is characterized by COD, BOD,
suspended solids, dissolved solids, oil, and surfactant loadings.
COD, BOD, and suspended solids are present due to the latex in the
waste water. Oil and surfactants are contributed by coagulation
agents, extractable organics, and|emulsifier aids.
A third source of waste water, relevant to latex dipping operations,
is form cleaning wastes. Plant J employed a biodegradable cleaning
compound in hot water. The operation is continuous, the form being
cleaned automatically after each complete dipping operation. Waste
waters from this operation are characterized by loadings of COD, EOD
and suspended solids. Plant ij: cleans forms manually and only
periodically. Discharges from this area, although characterized by
similar contaminants, will be intermittent in nature and will be of a
substantially lower flow. Literature and EPA documents indicate that
certain latex dip operations use chromic acid solutions to clean
forms. If not containerized, these waste waters will appear in the
process effluent. • j
88
-------
presented^
stream characteristics is
K
operations are
and surfactant
Process waste waters from bubcategories J and
characterized by COD, BOD, suspended solids, _^ <
In addition, discharges from these operations can contain
quantities of zi|nc and chromium. The primary waste water
wash waters. The Characteristics of the wash water is
on the techniques employed. In the production of
wash water will contain zinc. Other sources of
waters include1, spills, leaks, washdown, and runoff from
C QTO T*irtll nflTnrri>r»>^4-»-a»N«^^>i*- «._,-..._ a •»•__« _
.89;
-------
f .
5*5
H. — -
0 •
1]
0>
-------
SECTION VI
SELECTION OF POLLUTION PARAMETERS
Subcategories
Rubber Products
G —
General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated
From review of the Corps of Engineers Permit Applications for molded,
extruded, and fabricated rubber production facilities and from exami-
nation of related published [data, it appears that the following
pollutants are present in measurable quantities in the waste water ef-
fluents from Subcategories E,\ F, and G production facilities:
BOD
COD
Suspended Solids
Total Dissolved Solids
Oil and Grease
PH
Temperature (Heat)
Lead
Chromium
Examination of in-plant and analytical data obtained during the on-
site inspections of a number pf production facilities indicates that
certain parameters: are present only in insignificant amounts; are
present in the raw supply wat£r; or are contributed by discharges
unrelated to the primary production operations. Nonprocess effluents
result mainly from utility ana water treatment discharges and from
domestic waste water discharges generated within the plant boundaries.
Such nonprocess discharges are the subject of other guideline situdies
and are covered by other EPA {Jocuments.
I • •
The topics treated in thife section include the rationale for
elimination or
recommendations.
selection , of the aforementioned parameters and
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
"" . i
Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) refers to the amount of oxygen
required to stabilize biodjegradable organic matter under aerobic
conditions. BOD concentratipns measured in process waste waters
discharged by Subcategoriesj E, F, and G production facilities were.
typically low, i.e., less thah 30 mg/1. Their presence is due in
general to the organic content of oil and grease, and anti-tack and
latex solutions. The presence of these solutions in waste waters is
better characterized however by the oil and grease, and suspended
solids loadings. Consequently, BOD was considered insignificant in
91
-------
9eneral
.«-—•— by depleting the
counts that degrade its quality and
,L
«
through deiayed Stlhing Sf ££[ ]^«.iS ^ 6re .Wi^ f ish P°Pul^ion
consequenes of t lck di«,«
kill 111 inhabitants S thfallec^d Ula
*"*
the
* high B°D Can
CQD
contaminated oil, to anti-tackl die • Washdo?n and runoff from
Intermittent discharges of spent1 anti-Jf^ir *« f *atex areas.
contribute to the COD of Socess iast£ ua?f la^X u soluti°n:
92
-------
- I „ ; .. ... ._ • .:- ..,- . -..,„ ..... , , . -, „,
loadings. Technology is not available for adequate and viable
treatment of such small COD loadings. In addition, other parameters
(such as suspended solids aijid oil) more readily characterize the COD
loading. Accordingly, it is not deemed necessary to subject
Subcategories
limitations.
E, F, and G
production process effluents to COD
Total Suspended Solids '
Suspended Solids (SS> after discharge to a water course can settle to
the bottom, blanket spawning grounds, interfere with fish propagation,
and may exert an appreciable oxygen demand on the body of water.
Suspended solids in Subcategories E, F, and G waste waters are due to
washdown and runoff from compounding areas, discharges of anti-tack
solution and boiler blowdowns; and water treatment wastes. During
normal daily production operations, the nonprocess blowdowns «md the
water treatment wastes will contribute the largest amounts of
suspended solids. suspended solids concentrations in process waste
waters will vary from lessl than 10 mg/1 (with proper in-plant
controls) to over 20,000 m£r/l during anti-tack solution dumping and
discharge.
',,.', i' •!»& ',,.;,,, -- ' ,
Suspended solids include both| organic and inorganic materials,. The
inorganic components includfe sand, silt, and clay. The organic
fraction includes such materials as grease, oil, tar, animal and
vegetable fats, various fiblers, sawdust, hair, and various materials
from sewers. These solids may settle out rapidly and bottom deposits
are often a mixture of bjoth organic and inorganic solids. They
adversely affect fisheries by; covering the bottom of the stream or
lake with a blanket of material that destroys the fish-food bottom
fauna or the spawning ground jof fish. Deposits containing organic
materials may deplete bottom oxygen supplies and produce hydrogen
sulfide, carbon dioxide, meth'ane, and other noxious gases.
In raw water sources for domestic use, state and regional agencies
generally specify that suspended solids in streams shall not be
present in sufficient concentration to be objectionable or to
interfere with normal treatment processes. Suspended solids in water
may interfere with many industrial processes, and cause foaming in
boilers, or encrustations on jequipment exposed to water, especially as
the temperature rises. Suspended solids are undesirable in water for
textile industries; paper land pulp; beverages; dairy products;
laundries; dyeing; photography; cooling systems, and_power plants.
Suspended particles also serve as a transport mechanism for pesticides
and other substances which are readily sorbed into or onto clay
particles. ...
Solids may be suspended -iri water for a time, and then settle to the
bed of the stream or lake. These settleable solids discharged with
man's wastes may be inert, slowly biodegradable materials, or rapidly
i - "• '
i • • • • .•
93
-------
decomposable substances. While | in suspension, they -increase the
turbidity of the water, reducfe light penetration and impair the
photosynthetic activity of aquatic plants.'
Solids in suspension are aesthetically displeasing. When they settle
to form sludge deposits on the stream or lake bed, they are often much
more damaging to the life in water, and they retain the capacity to
displease the senses. Solids, when transformed to sludge deposits,
may do a variety of damaging things, including blanketing the stream
or lake bed and thereby destroying the living spaces for those benthic
organisms that would otherwise occupy the habitat. When of an organic
and therefore decomposable nature\ solids use a portion or all of the
dissolved oxygen available in the area. Organic materials aiso serve
as a seemingly inexhaustible food source for sludgeworms and
associated organisms.
i
Turbidity is principally a measure of the light absorbing properties
of suspended solids. It is frequently used as a substitute method of
quickly estimating the total suspended solids when the concentration
is relatively low.
Total Dissolved Solids
~ '!••'• '_
High concentrations of dissolved] solids (TDS) originate from the
nonprocess waste water effluents from cooling towers, boiler
blowdowns, and water treatment system backwashes and blowdowns. In
addition, high concentrations of TDS were observed in all effluents
when the raw water supply was from deep wells as opposed to city
water. -, . i rc _
I .. '
In natural waters the dissolved]solids consist mainly of carbonates,
chlorides, sulfates, phosphates, 4nd possibly nitrates of calcium,
magnesium, sodium, and potassium, with traces of iron, manganese and
other substances.
Many communities in the Onited States and in other countries use water
supplies containing 2000 to 4000 njg/1 of dissolved salts, when no
better water is available. Siich waters are not palatable, may riot
quench thirst, and may have a laxative action on new users. Waters
containing more than ftOOO mg/1 of total salts are generally considered
unfit for human use, although in hot climates such higher salt
concentrations can be tolerated whereas they could not be in temperate
climates. Waters containing 5000 itng/1 or more are reported to be
bitter and act as bladder and iritestinal irritants. It is generally
agreed that the salt concentration cf good, palatable water should not
exceed 500 mg/1. |
: - , |" • - - •
Limiting concentrations of dissolved solids for fresh-water fish may
range from 5,000 to 10,000 mg/1, according to species and prior
acclimatization. Some fish are Adapted to living in more saline
94
-------
•waters, and a few species! of fresh-water forms have been found in
natural waters with a salt concentration of 15,000 to 20,000 mg/1.
£ish can slowly become acclimatized to higher salinities, but fish in
waters of low salinity cannot survive sudden exposure to high
salinities, such as those |resulting from discharges of oil well
brines. Dissolved solids mayi influence the toxicity of heavy metals
and organic compounds to fish and other aquatic life, primarily
because of the antagonistic effect of hardness on metals.
Waters with total dissolved solids over 500 mg/1 have decreasing
utility as irrigation water. At 5,000 mg/1 water has little or no
value for irrigation. j .
Dissolved solids in industrial waters can cause foaming in boilers and
cause interference with cleanness, color, or taste of many finished
products. High contents ofjdissolved solids also tend to accelerate
corrosion. j
Specific conductance is a measure of the capacity of water to convey
an electric current. This property is related to the total
concentration of ionized substances in water and water temperature.
This property is frequently used as a substitute method of quickly
estimating the dissolved solids concentration.
Oil and Grease
Oil and grease is a measure ojf the insoluble hydrocarbons arid the
free-floating and emulsified oil in a waste water sample. Oil and
grease exist in process waste
waters due to washdown, runoff, spills.
and leakage in the process areas which pick up lubricating oil from
machinery, and process and fujel oil from storage areas. Concentration
values in the total effluent range from less than 5 mg/1 to greater
than 100 mg/1. Concentrations in the total plant effluent are not
directly indicative of the oil and grease problem because of dilution
by nonprocess waste waters. Loadings in the plants visited ranged
from 0.1 kg/kkg to* 1.8 kg/kkg' of raw material. Since oily wastes
result from intermittent flows, instantaneous values could be much
higher at times. I
Oil and grease exhibit an oxygen demand. "Oil emulsions may adhere to
the gills of fish or coa|t and destroy algae or other plankton.
Deposition of oil in the bottjom sediments can serve to inhibit normal
benthic growths, thus interrupting the aquatic food chain. Soluble
and emulsified material ingested by fish may taint the flavor of the
fish flesh. Water soluble ciomponents may exert toxic action on fish.
Floating oil may reduce the rje-aeration of the water surface and in
conjunction with emulsified! oil may interfere with photosynthesis.
Water insoluble components damage the plumage and coats of water
animals and fowl. Oil and grease in a water can result in the
95
-------
o, °f- Ob3ectionable surface slicks preventing
aesthetic enjoyment of the water.
the full
,J.v can aa^age the surace of boats and can destroy the
aesthetic characteristics of beach|es and shorelines. aes«oy tiie
I . •
Elk Acidity and Alkalinity.
!
.. e v. ^ "•' -"^"t of PH in thje process waste waters generated i n
the Subcategories E, F, and Gi should be practiced! Failure to
maintain adequate control can have a deleterioul effect on aquatic
life, post-precipitation of solubl^ salts, etc.
v f1*?11"1^ are reciprocal terms. Acidity is produced by
* * Teld hydr°9en ions upon hydrolysis and alkalinity is
produced by substances that yi^ld hydroxyl ions. The terms "total
acidity" and "total alkalinity" are often used to express Se
bv SX!S ^S^S °f a.SQlution- I Acidity itr natural waters cause?
by carbon dioxide, mineral acids, weakly dissociated acids, and the
Ei~ *S^°ng ?"ds and weak bas6s. Alkalinity is caused by strong
bases and the salts of strong alkalies and weak acids.
hvdrocl?" iSL 1S aj Io9^ithmic expression of the concentration of
hydrogen ions. At a pH of 7; the hydrogen and hydroxyl ion
concentrations are essentially equal and the water is neutral. Lower
a
-t
?? bel°V 6;° are cori^osive to' water works structures,
lines, and household plumbing fixtures and can thus add
Sad ^he^vSo^-f ink±ng T^ aS ir°n' C°^er' zinc' cad^ a"d
lead. The hydrogen ion concentration can affect the "taste" of the
At a low pH water tastes :«sour". The bactericidal effect of
r^6ned a%the PH *"«kase8, and it is aSvSJa|eouf ?o
dring wa?er ° ?' ™S ±8 ?*** si^ificant for providing safe
i°5 PH ?r.r?Pid PH changes ean exert stress conditions or kill
life outright. Dead fish, associated algal blooms, and foul
stenches are aesthetic liabilities of any waterway. Sven modeSS
changes from "acceptable" criteria limits of pH are deleterious to
some species. The relative toxicitL to aquatic life of many materials
is increased by changes in the watfer PH. Metalocyanide complexes can
av?f?ah^ Vh°2Sand"f0ld ±n toxicitS with a drop of 1.5 pH SS?S? ?S"
Sfl *i?^J Y °f many nutrient subst&nces varies^ with the alkalinity
and acidity. Ammonia is more lethall with a higher pH.
96
-------
The lacrimal fluid of the hximan eye has a pH of approximately 7.0 and
a deviation of 0.1 pH unit fronj the norm may result in eye irritation
for the sv/immer. Appreciable irritation will cause severe pain.
Temperature
i
Elevated temperatures in total plant effluents occur when collected
steam condensate (utility waste!) is not recycled but is discharged
into the plant effluent. Elevated temperatures are not encountered in
process waste waters. Consequently, a temperature limitation for
process waste waters is not considered necessary.
Temperature is one of the most (important and influential water quality
characteristics. Temperature determines those species that may be
present; it activates the hatching of young, regulates their activity,
and stimulates or suppresses their growth and development; it
attracts, and may kill when the1 water becomes too hot or becomes
chilled too suddenly. Colder jwater generally suppresses development.
Warmer water generally accelerates activity and may be a primary cause
of aquatic plant nuisances wfhen other environmental factors are
suitable. • [
I . •
Temperature is a prime regulatoir of natural processes within the water
environment. It governs physiological functions in organisms and,
acting directly or indirectly in combination with other water quality
constituents, it affects aquatic life with each change. These effects
include chemical reaction xjates, enzymatic functions, molecular
movements, and molecular exchanges between membranes within and
between the physiological systems and the organs of an animal.
Chemical reaction rates vary ;with temperature and generally increase
as the temperature is increased. - The solubility of gases in water
varies with temperature. Dissolved oxygen is decreased by the decay
or decomposition of dissolved o-rganic substances and the decay rate
increases as the temperature ofj the water increases reaching a maximum
at about 30°C (86°F). The temperature of stream water, even during
summer, is below the optimum for pollution-associated bacteriai
Increasing the water temperature increases the
multiplication rate when the environment is favorable and
supply is abundant, .
I • ..•'.' . - .
Reproduction cycles may be] changed significantly by increased
temperature because this fun'ction takes place tinder restricted
temperature ranges. Spawning may not occur at all because
temperatures are too high. Thus, a fish population may exist in a
heated area only by continued immigration. Disregarding the decreased
reproductive potential, water] temperatures need not reach lethal
levels to decimate a species. 'Temperatures that favor competitors,
predators, parasites, and disease can.destroy a species at levels far
bacterial
the food
below those that are lethal.
fey
-------
are altered severely when temperatures approach or
an T al?al ^C±es °han9e' ***»«* P«*£tS? S
i* v • bottom associated organisms may be depleted or altered
drastically in numbers and distribution. Increased water temLJatur!:;
nuisances hen °<**r environmental factors I?e
. .
Synergistic actions of pollutants ire more severe at higher
temperatures. Given amounts of domestic sewage, ref Sir?
^ ' insec ^U« affecting the Isthetfc^lSe
marin\ water temperiatures do not change as rapidly or
y ?S th°Se °f fresh w^ter- Marine and estuarine fish"
therefore, are less tolerant of temperature variation. Althouoh
t0
Lead
il <- *
* y t0
L
of
rucn
production
lead are toxi to micro-organisms because
up Proteifs in the key enzyme systems of
P^a.S ±n Process "aste waterl
which use
-------
Chromium
.Chromium appears in the nonprojcess discharges mainly from the cooling
tower blowdown. Chromium compounds are sometimes used as a corrosion
inhibitor and are added to the] tower basin or cooling tower makeup.
Chromimum was not detected in the process waste water effluent.
Chromium, in its various valence states, is hazardous to man. It can
produce lung tumors when inhaled and induces skin sensitizations.
Large doses of chromates have corrosive effects on the intestinal
tract and can cause inflammation of the kidneys. Levels of chromate
ions that have no effect ojn man appear to be so low as to prohibit
determination to date. i
The tdxicity of chromium salts toward aquatic life varies widely with
the species, temperature, pH, valence of the chromium, and synergistic
or antagonistic effects, especially that of hardness. Fish are
relatively tolerant of chromium salts, but fish food organisms and
other lower forms of aguaticj life are extremely sensitive. Chromium
also inhibits the growth of algae.
j - .
In some agricultural crop's, chromium can cause reduced growth or death
of the crop. .Adverse effects jof low concentrations of chromium on
corn, tobacco and sugar beets have been documented.
i -
Summary of Significant Pollutants
Of the pollutants examined,] only COD, suspended solids, oil and
grease, lead, and pH are significant characteristics when considering
process waste waters. Of the' five, suspended solids, oil and grease,
lead, and pH must be controlled. The list of control parameters, for
Subcategories E, F, and G therefore is:
Suspended Solids j
Oil and Grease i
Lead . ' !
PH . | .
Subcateqory H and Subcateqory II — Reclaimed Rubber
Review of published literature, EPA documents and industry records,
and the findings of the plant visits indicate .that 'the following
chemical and biological jconstituents are pollutants found in
measurable quantities from Subcategory H and Subcategory I effluents:
! '
BOD
COD
Suspended Solids
Total Dissolved Solids
Oil and Grease
•I 99
-------
PH
Temperature
Zinc
• I - .......'..
Biochemical Oxygen Demand JBODj j
The presence of BOD in Subcategory H process waste waters is due
primarily -to the use of larjje quantities of process waters in the
digestion of scrap rubber. This waste water is not evolved in
Subcategory I production facilities. A second source of BOD is
organics found in the condensed vapors collected from both Subcategory
H and Subcategory I depolymerizajbicn units. Organics found in anti-
tack solution discharges contribute additional BOD. The possibility
exists that pollutants with a high COD/BOD ratio may be discharged by
plants utilizing the wet digestion process. Control of COD by in-
plant and end-of-pipe controls ifill adequately reduce BOD without
requiring the additional monitoring costs of both analyses.
Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) is a measure of the oxygen consuming
capabilities of organic matter. ]The BOD does not in itself cause
direct harm to a water system, but it does exert an indirect effect by
depressing the oxygen content of the water. Sewage and other organic
effluents during their processes!of decomposition exert a BOD, which
can have a catastrophic effect on the ecosystem by depleting the
oxygen supply. Conditions are reached frequently where all of the
oxygen is used and the continuing decay process causes the production
of noxious gases such as hydrogefl sulfide and methane. Water with a
high BOD indicates the presence of decomposing organic matter and
subsequent high bacterial counts that degrade its quality and
potential uses. j •
j ' .
Dissolved oxygen (DO) is a vfater quality constituent that, in
appropriate concentrations, is essential not only to keep organisms
living but also to sustain species reproduction, vigor, and the
development of populations. Organisms undergo stress at reduced DO
concentrations that make them| less competitive and able to sustain
their species within the aquatic jenvironment. For example, reduced DO
concentrations have been shown jto interfere with fish population
through delayed hatching of eggs, reduced size and vigor of embryos,
production of deformities in young, interference with food digestion,
acceleration of blood clottirig, decreased tolerance to certain
toxicants, reduced food efficiency and growth rate, and reduced
maximum sustained swimming speed. Fish food organisms are likewise
affected adversely in conditions with suppressed DO. Since all
aerobic aquatic organisms need, a certain amount of oxygen, the
consequences of total lack of dissolved oxygen due to a high BOD can
kill all inhabitants of the affeqted area.
If a high BOD is present, the quality of the water is usually visually
degraded by the presence of decomposing materials and algae blooms due
f
100
-------
I •- . "
'"' I
to the uptake of degraded materials that form the foodstuffs of the
algal populations. |
COD ' I
The presence of organics and inorganics in dewatering waste waters
will contribute to high COD concentrations in Subcategory H process
waste waters. Values for this waste stream are greater than 3,000
mg/1. Other contributors of COD include organics found in condensed
vapor streams for depolymerization units and anti-tack solutions used
in both Subcategory H andj Subcategory I production facilities.
Concentrations in these latter sources ranged from approximately 100
mg/1 to 3HO mg/1. A latge portion of this COD is directly
attributable to the oil content of these waste streams. However, to
prevent excessive discharge of non-biodegradable organics (not
attributable to oil and grease) COD shall be monitored and controlled.
Suspended Solids I
~ - ~ !••
Suspended Solids (SS) in ^ubcategory H and Subcategory I are
attributable to washdcwn and innoff from compounding areas, discharges
of anti-tack solution, boiler blowdowns, and water treatment wastes.
Additional loadings in Subcategory H discharges will result when
fiberous stock is fed to the!digesters. In this case, the dewatering
liquor can contain as much as!10-percent suspended solids.
, Suspended solids include both!organic and inorganic materials. The
inorganic , components include sand, silt, and clay. The organic
fraction includes such materials as grease, oil, tar, animal and
vegetable fats, various fibers, sawdust, hair, and various materials
from sewers. These solids ma^ settle out rapidly and bottom deposits
are often a mixture of both organic and inorganic solids. They
adversely affect fisheries by]covering the bottom of the stream or
lake with a blanket of material that destroys the fish-food bottom
fauna or the spawning ground pf "fish. Deposits containing organic
materials may deplete bottbm oxygen supplies and produce hydrogen
sulfide, carbon dioxide, methane, and other noxious gases.
In raw water sources for domestic use, state and regional agencies
. generally specify that suspended solids in streams shall not be
present in sufficient concentration to be objectionable or to
interfere with normal treatment processes. Suspended solids in water
may interfere with many industrial processes, and cause foaming in
boilers, or encrustations on Equipment exposed to water, especially as
the temperature rises. Suspended solids are undesirable in water for
' textile industries; paper ind pulp; beverages; dairy products;
laundries; dyeing; photography; cooling systems, and power plants.
Suspended particles also serve as a transport mechanism for pesticides
. and other substances which are readily sorbed into or onto clay
particles.
101
-------
Solids may be suspended in water for a time, and then settle to the
bed of the stream or lake. These settleable solids " discharged with
man's wastes may be inert, slowly biodegradable materials, or rapidly
decomposable substances. While I in suspension, they increase the
turbidity of the water, reduce light penetration and impair the
photosynthetic activity of aquatic plants.
i "
Solids in suspension are aesthetically displeasing. When they settle
to form sludge deposits on the stream or lake bed, they are often much
more damaging to the life in Water, and they retain the capacity to
displease the senses. Solids, when transformed to sludge deposits,
may do a variety of damaging things, including blanketing the stream
or lake bed and thereby destroying the living spaces for those benthic
organisms that would otherwise occupy the habitat. When of an organic
and therefore decomposable nature', solids use a portion or all of the
dissolved oxygen available in the area, organic materials also serve
as a seemingly inexhaustible food source for sludgeworms and
associated organisms.
Turbidity is principally a measure of the light absorbing properties
of^suspended solids. It is frequently used as a substitute method of
quickly estimating the total suspended solids when the concentration
is relatively low. I
Dissolved Solids j
Dissolved Solids (TDS) found in1 Subcategory H and Subcategory I
effluents are attributable to nonprocess waste water effluents. These
include cooling tower and boiler! blowdowns and water treatment system
backwashes and blowdown. j "
• i
In natural waters the dissolved s|olids consist mainly of carbonates,
chlorides, sulfates, phosphates, and possibly nitrates of calcium,
magnesium, sodium, and potassium,
other substances.
with traces of iron, manganese and
Many communities in the United States and in other countries use water
supplies containing 2000 to 4:000 mg/1 of dissolved salts, when no
better water is available. Such jwaters are not palatable, may not
quench thirst, and may have a (laxative action on new users. Waters
containing more than 4000 mg/1 of- total salts are generally considered
unfit for human use, although |in hot climates such higher salt
concentrations can be tolerated wlhereas they could not be in temperate
climates. Waters containing 5!000 mg/1 or more are reported to be
bitter and act as bladder and intestinal irritants. It is generally
agreed that the salt concentration of good, palatable water should not
exceed 500 mg/1.
102
-------
Limiting Concentrations Of dissolved solids for fresh-water fish may
range from 5,000 to 10,000 mg/1, according to species and prior
acclimatization. Some fish are adapted to living in more saline
waters, and a few species of fresh-water forms have been found in
natural waters with a saljt concentration of 15,000 to 20,000 mg/1.
Fish can slowly become acclimatized to higher salinities, but fish in
waters of low salinity cannot survive sudden exposure to high
salinities, such as those resulting from discharges of oil well
brines. Dissolved solids may influence the toxicity of heavy metals
and organic compounds to fish and other aquatic life,, primarily
because of the antagonistic effect of hardness on metals.
Waters with total dissolved solids over 500 mg/1 have decreasing
utility as irrigation water. At 5,000 mg/1 water has little or no
value for irrigation. 'I
> ' •
Dissolved solids in industrial waters can cause foaming in boilers and
cause interference -with cleaness, color, or taste of many finished
products. High contents of dissolved solids also tend to accelerate
corrosion. ]
I ..... ... , I v ',
Specific conductance is a measure of the capacity of water to convey
an electric current. - This, property is related to the total
concentration of ionized substances in water and water temperature.
This property is frequently used as a substitute method of quickly
estimating the dissolved soliids concentration.
Oil and Grease
I
Oil and grease in process waste waters in Subcategory H are primarily
attributable to process oil used in the digester process. This oil is
carried to the effluent with the dewatering liquor.. Sources of oil
and grease common to both Subcategory H and Subcategory I are organics
scrubbed from vapor stream's and lubricating oil leakage from heavy
machinery. The oil concentrajtion in the total effluent of the plants
visited was less than 10 mg/1. However, company data indicated that
concentrations In process streams could be as high as 10,000 mg/1.
Oil and grease exhibit an oxygen demand. Oil emulsions may adhere to
the gills of fish or coat and destroy algae or other plankton.
Deposition of oil in the bottkun sediments can serve to inhibit normal
benthic growths, thus interrupting the aquatic food chain. Soluble
and emulsified material ingested by fish may taint the flavor of the
fish flesh. Water soluble components may exert toxic action OKI fish.
Floating oil may reduce the re-aeration of the water surface, and in.
conjunction with emulsified oil may interfere with photosynthesis.
Water insoluble components dalmage the plumage and coats of water
animals and fowl. Oil and grease in a water can result in the
formation of objectionable j surface slicks preventing the full
aesthetic enjoyment of the wajter.
03
-------
Oil spills can damage the surface of boats and can destroy the
aesthetic characteristics of beaches and shorelines.
eSU. Acidity and AlkalinitY j
Variations in pH of Subcategory H process effluents is highly
dependent on the formula use& in digestion. Plant-visit data
indicated a minimum pH of 6.0. Industry data indicate a maximum pH of
approximately 11.0. Fluctuations]in Subcategory I process waste water
pH are not expected to be outsideithe pH range of 6.0 to 9.0.
Acidity and alkalinity are reciprocal terms. Acidity is produced by
substances that yield hydrogen ions upon hydrolysis and alkalinity is
produced by substances that yield|hydroxyl ions. The terms "total
acidity" and "total alkalinity',' are often used to express the
buffering capacity of a solution.] Acidity in natural waters is caused
by carbon dioxide, mineral acids, weakly dissociated acids, and the
salts of strong acids and weak bases. Alkalinity is caused by strong
bases and the salts of strong alkalies and weak acids.
The term pH is a logarithmic expression of the concentration of
hydrogen ions. At a pH of 7r the hydrogen and hydroxyl ion
concentrations are essentially equal and the water is neutral. Lower
pH values indicate acidity while higher values indicate alkalinity.
The relationship between pH aijid acidity or alkalinity is not
necessarily linear or direct. I
Waters with a pH below 6.0 are|corrosive to water works structures,
distribution lines, and household|plumbing fixtures and can thus add
such constituents to drinking water as iron, copper, zinc, cadmium* and
lead. The hydrogen ion concentration can affect the "taste" of the
water. At a low pH water tastes Msour". The bactericidal effect of
chlorine is weakened as the pHjincreases, and it is advantageous to
keep the pH close to 7. This is very significant for providing safe
drinking water.
Extremes of pH or rapid pH changes can exert stress conditions or kill
aquatic life outright. Dead fish, associated algal blooms, and foul
stenches are aesthetic liabilities of any waterway. Even moderate
changes from "acceptable" criteria limits of pH are deleterious to
some species. The relative toxicity to aquatic life of many materials
is increased by changes in the water pH. Metalocyanide complexes can
increase a thousand-fold in toxicity with a drop of 1.5 pH units. The
availability of many nutrient substances varies with the alkalinity
and acidity. Ammonia is more lethal with a higher pH.
The lacrimal fluid of the human eye has a pH of approximately 7.0 and
a deviation of 0.1 pH unit from the norm may result in eye irritation
for the swimmer. Appreciable irritation will cause severe pain.
I
104
-------
Temperature
In reclaim plants, there areiindividual waste water streams, such as
condenser flows, which have elevated temperatures. However, once
combined with other effluents, elevated temperature in the final
effluent is not a problem.
Temperature is one of the most important and influential water quality
characteristics. Temperature determines those species that may be
present| it activates the hatching of young, regulates their activity,
and stimulates or suppresses their growth and development; it
attracts, and may kill wljen the water becomes too hot or becomes
chilled too suddenly, colder water generally suppresses development.
Warmer water generally accelerates activity and may be a primary cause
of aquatic plant nuisances when other environmental factors are
suitable.
Temperature is a prime regulator of natural processes within the water
environment. It governs physiological functions in organisms and,
acting directly or indirectly in combination with other water quality
constituents, it affects aquatic life with each change. These effects
include chemical reaction Irates, enzymatic functions, molecular
movements, and molecular ejxchanges between membranes within and
between the physiological systems and the organs of an animal.
Chemical reaction rates vary [with temperature and generally increase
as the temperature is increased. The solubility of gases in water
varies with temperature. Dissolved oxygen is decreased by the decay
or decomposition of dissolved organic substances and the decay rate
increases as the temperature bf the water increases reaching a maximum
at about 30<>c <86°F) . The temperature of stream water, even during
summer, is below the optimum for pollution-associated bacteria.
Increasing the water tejmperature increases the bacterial
multiplication rate when the environment is favorable and the food
supply is abundant.
Reproduction cycles may be changed significantly by increased
temperature because this {function takes place under restricted
temperature ranges. Spawning may not occur at all because
temperatures are too high. Thus, a fish population may exist in a
heated area only by continued immigration. Disregarding the decreased
reproductive potential, water temperatures need not reach lethal
levels .to decimate a specites. Temperatures that favor competitors,
predators, parasites, and disease can destroy a species at levels far
below those that are lethal.
Fish food organisms are altered severely when temperatures approach or
exceed 90°F. Predominant al^ral species change, primary production is
decreased, and bottom associated organisms may be depleted or altered
drastically in numbers and distribution. Increased water temperatures
05
-------
may cause aquatic plant nuisances
favorable.
when other environmental factors are
Synergistic actions of pollutants are more severe at higher water
temperatures. Given amounts of j domestic sewage, refinery wastes,
oils, tars, insecticides, detergents, and fertilizers more rapidly
deplete oxygen in water at higher] temperatures, and the respective
toxicities are likewise increasef
When water temperatures increase, the predominant algal species may
change from diatoms to green algae, and finally at high temperatures
to blue-green algae, because |of species temperature preferentials.
Blue-green algae can cause serioujs odor problems. The number and
distribution of benthic organisms decreases as water temperatures
increase above 90»F, which is clo|se to the tolerance limit for 1-he
population. This could seriously affect certain .fish that depend on
_. benthic organisms as a food source.
.. , . , ..........
The cost of fish being attracted jto heated water in winter months may
. j be considerable, due to fish mortalities that may result when the fish
return to the cooler water.
Rising temperatures stimulate the decomposition of sludge, formation
of sludge gas, multiplication jof saprophytic bacteria and fungi
(particularly in the presence of! organic wastes), and the consumption
of oxygen by putrefactive processes, thus affecting the esthetic value
of a water course.
In general, marine water temperatures do not change as rapidly or
range as widely as those of frejsh water. Marine and estuarine fish,
therefore, are less tolerant of tjemperature variation. Although this
limited tolerance is greater in estuarine than in open water marine
species, temperature changes are more important to those fish in
estuaries and bays than to those in open marine areas, because of the
nursery and replenishment functions of the estuary that can be
adversely affected by extreme temperature changes.
Subcategory H processes which would result in zinc-laden effluents cire
not utilized by industry, therefore zinc is not considered a
signficant parameter. However, historical data from industry indicate
that, with certain digestion formulations, zinc content could be as
high as 1,700 mg/1. This same data stated that this zinc was
treatable and could be reduced to
dewatering stream.
less than 10 mg/1 in the digestion
106
-------
Summary of Significant. Pollutants
Of •the pollutants examined, suspended solids, oil and grease, and pH
are significant characteristics when considering process waste waters
from Subcategory H and Subcjategory I reclaim facilities. COD is an
additional contaminant which is significant when considering waste
waters from Subcategory H facilities. The recommended list of control
parameters for each Subcategory is as follows:
Subcateorory H
COD
Suspended Solids
Oil and Grease
pH
Subcateqory T
Suspended Solids
Oil and Grease
PH
Subcateqories J and K -- Latex-Based Products .
Review of published literature, EPA documents, industry records, and
findings of the plant visits indicated that the following chemical.
constituents are found in measurable
effluents from facilities manufacturing
physical, and biological
quantities in the waste water
latex-based products:
BOD
COD
Suspended Solids
Total Dissolved Solids
Oil and Grease
pH
Surfactants
Color
Temperature (Heat)
Chromium
Zinc
The principal differences between the waste water generated in
Subcategory J (latex dipping, thread, and porous molds) and
Subcategory K. (latex foam)
chromium, and zinc.
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
plants lie in loadings for BOD, COD,
BOD is attributable to the various organic compounds which contact
process waste waters. For I Subcategory J production facilities,
concentrations and loadings iare highly dependent on the product
washing , technique employed, j Concentrations range from 130 to 150
mg/1. The BOD in waste water 'generated in Subcategory K production
facilities is again attributable to wash waters, but concentrations
are much higher, ranging as high as 4,900 mg/1.
107
-------
COD
Moderate to high COD concentrations
K process waste waters for the sanje
BOD concentration. Concentration^
Subcategory J facilities and as hi1
facilities. EPA is conducting eva!
and resultant economic impact fJ
rubber processing regulations.
Suspended Solids
are present in Subcategories J and
reasons as those indicated for the
s range from 175 to 675 mg/1 for
h as 29,000 mg/1 for Subcategory K
uations of COD control technologies
r possible future amendments to the
contamination
washdown and
cleanout wastes.
108
result from
, .uncoagulated latex from
Loadings in the effluents depend on
-------
' • I •
. -I . . . -
washing techniques employed anjd not on the type of product. Typical
values ranged from 80 to over 3,000 mg/1.
Suspended solids include both organic and inorganic materials,. The
inorganic components include sand, silt, and clay. The organic
fraction includes such materials as grease, oil, tar, animal and
vegetable fats, various fibers], sawdust, hair, and various materials
from sewers. These solids maly settle out rapidly and bottom deposits
are often a mixture of both [organic and inorganic solids. They
adversely affect fisheries by covering the bottom of the stream or
lake with a blanket of material that destroys the fish-food bottom
fauna or the spawning groulnd of fish. Deposits containing organic
materials may deplete bottom joxygen supplies and produce hydrogen
sulfide, carbon dioxide, methane, and other noxious gases.
In raw water sources for domestic use, state and regional agencies
generally specify that suspended solids in streams shall mot be
present in sufficient concentration to be objectionable or to
interfere with normal treatment processes. Suspended solids in water
may interfere with many industrial processes, and cause fGaining in
boilers, or encrustations on equipment exposed to water, especially as
the temperature rises. Suspended solids are undesirable in water for
textile industries; paper and pulp; beverages; dairy products;
laundries; dyeing; photography; cooling systems, and power plants.
Suspended particles also serve as a transport mechanism for pesticides
and other substances which are readily sorbed into or onto clay
particles.
Solids may be suspended in water for a time, and then settle to the
bed of the stream or lake.j These settleable solids discharged with
man's wastes may be inert, slowly biodegradable materials, or rapidly
decomposable substances. Wliile in suspension, they increase the
turbidity of the water, reduce light penetration and impair the
photosynthetic activity of aquatic plants.
Solids in suspension are aesthetically displeasing. When they settle
to form sludge deposits on the stream or lake bed, they are often much
more damaging to the life in ijrater, and they retain the capacity to
displease the senses. Solids, when transformed to sludge deposits,
may do a variety of damaging things, including blanketing the stream
or lake bed and thereby destroying the living spaces for those benthic
organisms that would otherwise occupy the habitat. When of an organic
and therefore decomposable nature, solids use a portion or all of the
dissolved oxygen available in!the area. Organic materials also serve
as a seemingly inexhaustible food source for sludgeworms and
associated organisms.
Turbidity is principally a measure of the light absorbing properties
of suspended solids. It is -frequently used as a substitute method of
109
1
-------
suspended solids when
l
I - - .• - - •-
concentration
Dissolved Solids
data' xt was deermined that TDS in process effluents
J* and K Production facilities were primarily
discnar "" lntakf Water ** nOt tO Pr°cess wafte wSer
hT watf" the dissolved solids consist mainly of carbonates,
chlorides, sulfates, phosphate, and possibly nitrates of calcium!
"
P°taSSiUm' With traces of
manganese
Many communities in the United States and in other countries use water
supples containing 2000 to 4000 mg/1 of dissolved salts, when no
better water is available. Such
quench thirst, and may have a
waters are not palatable.
may not
4 «r — — r •" J[ »*%ir v.
laxative action on new users. Waters
- .... ,, — j ---- ~ ~ —»»«.*• v. j. »^ awi_j.
-------
concentration of ionized substances in water and water temperciture.
This property is frequently used as a substitute method of quickly
estimating the dissolved solidjs concentration.
Oil and Grease
Oil and grease is present at low concentrations in the process waste
waters of all types of Subcategories J and K plants. it is
attributable to organics used in coagulation agents and wash waters.
Oil and grease exhibit an oxygen demand, oil emulsions may adhere to
the gills of fish or coat and destroy algae or other plankton.
Deposition of oil in the bottom sediments can serve to inhibit normal
benthic growths, thus interrupting the aquatic food chain. Soluble
and emulsified material ingested by fish may taint the flavor of the
fish flesh. Water soluble components may exert toxic action on fish.
Floating oil may reduce the | re-aeration of the water surface and in
conjunction with emulsified oil may interfere with photosynthesis.
Water insoluble components damage the plumage and coats of water
animals and fowl, oil and grease in a water can result in the
formation of objectionable surface slicks preventing the full
aesthetic enjoyment of the water.
Oil spills can damage the surface of boats and can
aesthetic characteristics of beaches and shorelines.
Acidity and Alkalinity
destroy the
Control and adjustment of pH in process waste waters generated in
Subcategories J and K production facilities is often necessary as a
prerequisite for the chemical coagulation treatment process. In view
of this it is feasible that the uncontrolled effluent pH can
appreciably and should be limited to an acceptable range.
Acidity and alkalinity are reciprocal terms. Acidity is produced by
^l*«V% f*-^ ^ _. *tm **. *•* ^IKA.!- —_J ._. ^ .3 \ m • . _ __ _ • "
vary
substances that yield hydrogen
ions upon hydrolysis and alkalinity is
produced oy sucstances tnat yield hydroxyl ions. The terms "total
acidity" and "total alkalinity" are often used to express the
buffering capacity of a solution. Acidity in natural waters is caused
by carbon dioxide, mineral acids, weakly dissociated acids, and the
salts of strong acids and weak [bases. Alkalinity is caused by strong
bases and the salts of strong alkalies and weak acids.
I
The term pH is a
hydrogen ions. At
logarithmic expression of the concentration of"
a pH of 7, the hydrogen and hydroxyl ion
concentrations are essentially equal and the water is neutral. Lower
pH values indicate acidity while higher values indicate alkalinity.
The relationship between pH and acidity or alkalinity is not
necessarily linear or direct.
m
-------
Waters with a pH below 6.0 are corrosive to water works structures.
distribution lines, and household plumbing fixtures and can thus add
such constituents to drinking watjer as iron, copper, zinc, cadmium and
lead. The hydrogen ion concentration can affect the "taste" of the
water. At a low pH water tasters "sour". The bactericidal effect of
chlorine is weakened as the pH increases, and it is advantageous to
keep the pH close to 7. This is very significant for providing safe
drinking water. y
Extremes of pH or rapid pH changes can exert stress conditions or kill
aquatic life outright. Dead fisri, associated algal blooms, and foul
stenches are aesthetic liabilities of any waterway. Even moderate
changes from "acceptable" criteria limits of pH are deleterious to
some species. The relative toxidity to aquatic life of many materials
is increased by changes in the water pH. Metalocyanide complexes can
increase a thousand-fold in toxidity with a drop of 1.5 pH units. The
availability of many nutrient substances varies with the alkalinity
and acidity. .Ammonia is more lethal with a higher pH.
The lacrimal fluid of the human 'eye has a pH of approximately 7.0 and
a deviation of 0.1 pH unit from the ncrm may result in eye irritation
for the swimmer. Appreciable irritation will cause severe pain.
. ''••I.,'- ''. • --. • •..••-' '-.., •
Surfactants
Surfactants will be present! in wash waters evolved in ail
Subcategories J and K production facilities. Surfactants are a
primary cause of foamy plant effluents,however, their concentrations
in process waste waters are low. ' •—•
mg/1.
Color
Concentrations range from 2 to 6
Color is objectionable from an aesthetic standpoint and also because
it interferes with the transmission of sunlight into streams, thereby
lessening photosynthetic activity. Some waste streams which contaiin
latex can have appreciable color. I Generally, color for latex based
industries is associated with suspended solids loadings and can best
be monitored by this parameter.
Temperature
Temperature is not a significant parameter when considering process
waste streams. CertaiA wash Caters can have a moderately high
temperature, but dilution with otl^er effluent streams significantly
reduces their impact. I ,
Temperature is one of the most important and influential water quality
characteristics. Temperature determines those species that may be
present; it activates the hatching cf young, regulates their activity,
112
-------
and stimulates or suppresses their growth and development; it
attracts, and may kill wh4n the water becomes too hot or becomes
chilled too suddenly. Colder |water generally suppresses development.
Warmer water generally accelerates activity and may be a primary cause
of aquatic plant nuisances when other environmental factors are
suitable.
Temperature is a prime regulatjor of natural processes within the water
environment. It governs physiological functions in organisms and,
acting directly or indirectly in combination with other water quality
constituents, it affects aquatic life with each change. These effects
include chemical reaction ifates, enzymatic functions, molecular
movements, and molecular exchanges between membranes within and
between the physiological systems and the organs of an animal.
Chemical reaction rates vary *ith temperature and generally increase
as the temperature is increased. The solubility of gases in water
varies with temperature. Dissolved oxygen is decreased by the decay
or decomposition of dissolved organic substances and the decay rate
increases as -the temperature qf the water increases reaching a maximum
at about 30°C (86°F). The temperature of stream water, even during
summer, is below the optimum for pollution-associated bacteria.
Increasing the water temperature increases the bacterial
multiplication rate when the environment is favorable and the food
supply is abundant.
Reproduction cycles may be changed significantly by increased
temperature because this function takes place under restricted
temperature ranges. Spawning may not occur at all because
temperatures are too high. I Thus, a fish population may exist in a
heated area only by continued immigration. Disregarding the decreased
reproductive potential, water temperatures need not reach lethal
levels to decimate a specie's, Temperatures that favor competitors,
predators, parasites, and disease can destroy a species at levels far
below those that are lethal. |
Fish food organisms are altered severely when temperatures approach or
exceed 90°F. Predominant algal species change, primary production is
decreased, and bottom associated organisms may be depleted or altered
drastically in numbers and disjtribution. Increased water temperatures
may cause aquatic plant nuisances when other environmental factors are
favorable.
Synergistic actions of pollutants are more severe at higher water
temperatures. Given amounts jof domestic sewage, refinery wastes,
oils, tars, insecticides, detergents, and fertilizers more rapidly
deplete oxygen in water at higher temperatures, and the respective
toxicities are likewise increased.
113
-------
When water temperatures increase, the predominant algal species may
change from diatoms to green algae, and finally at high temperatures
to blue-green algae, because of species temperature preferentials.
Blue-green algae can cause serious odor problems. The number and
distribution of benthic organisms decreases as water temperatures
increase above 90°F, which is close to the tolerance limit for the
population. This could seriously affect certain fish that depend on
benthic organisms as a food source.
The cost of fish being attracted to heated water in winter months may
be considerable, due to fish mortalities that may result when the fish
return to the cooler water. I
Rising temperatures stimulate the decomposition of sludge, formation
of sludge gas, multiplication [of saprophytic bacteria and fungi
(particularly in the presence of organic wastes), and the consumption
of oxygen by putrefactive processes, thus affecting the esthetic value
of a water course.
In general, marine water temperatures do not change as rapidly or
range as widely as those of freshwaters. Marine and estuarine fish,
therefore, are less tolerant of temperature variation. Although this
limited tolerance is greater in estuarine than in open water marine
species, temperature changes are j more important to those fish in
estuaries and bays than to those in open marine areas, because of the
nursery and replenishment functions of ' the estuary that can be
adversely affected by extreme temperature changes.
11
Chromium j
___ ( ^ , . .
Chromium was not found in the process waste waters generated by any of
the Subcategories J and K facilities visited. However, available EPA
documents indicate that chromium(will be present in process waste
waters when chromic acid is used in the form-cleaning solution. The
chromic acid is rinsed from the form and consequently enters the plant
effluent. For plants utilizing this form-cleaning technique, it is
necessary to limit the discharge jof chromium ions.
Chromium, in its various valence] states, is hazardous to man. It can
produce lung tumors when inhaled and induces skin sensitizations.
Large doses of chromates have corrosive effects on the intestinal
tract and can cause inflammation jof the kidneys. Levels of chromate
ions that have no effect on man appear to be so low as to prohibit
determination to date.
The toxicity of chromium salts tcjward aquatic life varies widely with
the species, temperature, pH, valence of the chromium, and synergistic
or antagonistic effects, especially that of hardness. Fish are
relatively tolerant of chromium salts, but fish food organisms and
114 I
-------
other lower forms of aquatic! life are extremely sensitive. Chromium
also inhibits the growth of algae.
In some agricultural crops, chromium can cause reduced growth or death
of the crop. Adverse effects |of low concentrations of chromium on
corn, tobacco and sugar beets have been documented.
Zinc was not found in thjs process waste waters generated by
Subcategory J, facilities thiat were visited. However, available
literature indicates that zjinc will be present in Subcategory J
process waste waters when zincj nitrate is used as a coagulant agent.
However both concentrations j and loadings will be very low. The
Subqategory J facilities visited either did not use a coagul ating
agent or used calcium nitrate. When using natural latex, no
coagulating agent is apparently needed.
Zinc in Subcategory K facility]process effluents is attributable to
zinc oxide. The zinc appears in the foam wash waters.
Occurring abundantly in.rocks and ores, zinc is readily refined into a
stable pure metal and is usedjextensively for galvanizing, in alloys,
for electrical purposes, in printing plates, for dye-manufacture and
for dyeing processes, and for many other industrial purposes. Zinc
salts are used in paint pigments, cosmetics, Pharmaceuticals, dyes,
insecticides, and other products too numerous to list herein. Many of
these salts (e.g., zinc chloride and zinc sulfate) are highly soluble
in water; hence it is to be expected that zinc might occur in many
industrial wastes. On the' other hand, some zinc salts (zinc
carbonate, zinc oxide, zinc sulfide) are insoluble in water and
consequently it is to be expected that some zinc will precipitate and
be removed readily in most natural waters.
i
In zinc-mining areas, zinc has[been found in waters in concentrations
as high as 5P mg/1 and in effluents from metal-plating works and
small-arms ammunition plants it may occur in significant
concentrations, in most surface and ground waters, it is present only
in trace amounts. There is some evidence that zinc ions are adsorbed
strongly and permanently on silt, resulting in inactivation of the
•zinc. !
| . - .- .•-.-. •-•,-.
Concentrations of zinc in excess of 5 mg/1 in raw water used for
drinking water supplies cause an undesirable taste which persists.
through conventional treatment. Zinc can have an adverse effect on
man and animals at high concentrations.
I'-?.. , , ' . - ;.„..=
In soft water, concentrations of zinc ranging from 0.1 to 1.0 mg/1
have been reported to be lethal! to fish. Zinc is thought to exert its
toxic action by forming .insoluble compounds with the mucous that
-------
covers the gills, by damage to the gill epithelium, or possibly by
acting as an internal poison. The sensitivity of fish to zinc varies
with species, age and condition, as well as with the physical 2nd
™i °haracteri stics °£ 4e «ater. some acclimatization to Se
SJIS2 ? "nC " P°?sifale- - li has also been observed that thl
£ifr^^SnVKU80ll"g may n°* bec0l"e >PParent immediately, so that
fish removed from zinc-contaminated to zinc-free water rafter «-6
:£2S ^.exposure to zinc) may die 48 hours later. The presence of
copper in water may increase j the toxicity of zinc '
°f Cc™ or har may
Observed values for the distribution of zinc in ocean waters vary
widely. The nancr concern with 4inc compounds in marine waters is not
S%S5 ^S?^°XiClty' but ratheii of ^^ long-term sub-lethal effects
of the metallic compounds and complexes. From an acute toxicity point
66 """6 animals Seem to be ^e .most sensitive
for exampie-has
SummarY 2f Sicrnificant Pollutants
Of the pollutants examined, bnly the following are considered
hSide
I BOD
Suspended Solids
PH
i Chromium
H Zinc
Potentially four of the five must be treated and monitored, by
Subcategory J facilities. These are: .. "
BOD
Suspended solids
PH
Chromium
chromium will not appear in the
• ' ••••""
Chromium was not found in the process waste waters of subcateqory K
116^01 °nlyf°Ur of the five parameters sLS be
BOD
Suspended Solids
pH
Zinc
11
-------
SECTION VII
CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
Survey of Selected Plants
Several selected rubber processing plants were visited to provide
additional data on the performance of the waste water control and
treatment technologies used by the industry. These data collection
visits encompassed analysis o4 process operations, review of water and
waste water management programs, and evaluation of waste water
treatment facilities. The plants visited were considered to have some
exemplary features in their approach to waste water control,
treatment, and housekeeping! procedures. The plant selections were
made on the basis of consultations with industry and trade
associations, effluent and [treatment data obtained from published
literature, EPA records, corps of Engineers Permit to Discharge
Applications, and company historical data on waste water quality and
treatment. !
! " •
As examples of Subcategories E, F, and G industries, plants
manufacturing molded, extruded, and fabricated products were sampled.
Compression, transfer, and injection molding technologies were
represented as well as small and large-sized molded items. The major
extruded items such as belting and sheeting were included in the
visits. Diverse fabricated products such as hose and rubber footwear
as well as rare product areas]such as cement dipped goods were studied
during the plant visits. In addition all three ranges of plant size
(as discussed in the final paragraph of Section IV) were represented
by the data-collection plant visits.
I ' -
As an example of the reclaimed rubber industry, the largest reclaiming
plant in the U.S. was visited; *Wet digester and pan (heater) reclaim
processes are employed. Therefore, this plant is representative of
both Subcategories H and I. The wet digester process has exemplary
features; physical defibeiring is carried out and the highly
contaminated digestion-dewatering liquor is recycled. In addition
vapor vents on both the wetI digester and pan processes are condensed
and decanted to recover what would otherwise be polluting reclaiming
process,oils. |
I. .
Two plants manufacturing l4tex dipped goods were visited. The
products made at the two facilities include surgical gloves, beillons,
prophylactics, and finger! cots. One plant , employed chemical
coagulation and settling before discharge to a municipal treatment
plant. This primary treatment produced an acceptable effluent for
discharge to a municipal treatment system. The second facility
utilized a stabilization and fettling pond system.
17
-------
The only significant latex foam plant in the industry was sampled.
The treatment facilities used by this plant include chemical
coagulation of latex solids aiid chemical precipitation of the zinc-
laden foam rinse waters.- j
A summary of the products, processes, production capacities, and waste
water control and treatment technologies of the exemplary rubber
processing plants visited is presented in Tables 18 and 19.
Slant A j
This plant manufactures oil seals, 'O» rings, rubber-to-metal molded
items, and miscellaneous molded rubber products. The products are
made from specialty-type rubbers using compression and transfer
molding techniques. Approximately 75 percent are nitrile rubbers,
about 20 percent neoprene-typ4 rubber, and 5 percent miscellaneous
rubbers. The plant has approximately <*6 employees and operates 3
tl -ea^«day' six days Per w?ek* Tne average daily consumption of
rubber is 750 pounds, and the weight of salable products averages 450
pounds per day. The material loss is caused by production wastage and
rejected products. | y
I •. . * '•.,•.•.;. - • . , • '• , ,
Approximately 95 percent of the rubber stock, used in the plant is
compounded by a supply company] Special recipes and nonstorable
stocks are mixed at the plant|in a mixing mill. The stock mixed in
this mill accounts for the otherj5 percent, when operating, this mill
uses about 40 gpm of cooling water.
The rubber stock is prepared for j process ing in a warm-up mill. From
the mill the rubber is extruded into a basic shape. This shape can be
a strip, a cylinder, or an einnulus. The preforms for compression
molds are made from these basic components by cutting on a guillotine
?r *in? slicing on a modified meat slicer. The preforms are then
loaded into the molds. The molds are placed between the heated plates
of the mold presses and the mold presses are hydraulically closed.
The hydraulic fluid is oil, at approximately 2,000 psi, and oil leaks
are common. The oil leakages are generally trapped in a small oil.pit
from which the oil is periodically removed and reclaimed by decanting,
drying and filtering. Large oil 'spills overflow this pit and enter
the plant drain. Most molds are heated with steam at 350°F (125 psi)
although a few older molds are generally slabs of rubber stock which
afe ,_loaded into the transfer section of mold. The mold is closed in
the hydraulic press. The rubber 'wastage on a transfer-molded item is
higher than for compression njolding but the labor requirements are
The molded items are deflashed
in a wheelabrator machine. This
— — — | «.*. M w***w^^«*Aj.i. c*i,WJ_ lUCLWJU.J.li^« ' i AiJLo
£feezf? the item with liquid nitrogen, making the rubber brittle, and
then blasts it with small steel shot. T!he rubber fines and shot are
separated and the fines and dustl are collected in a bag collector and
118 I
-------
* I !
Jj VI VI
1 £ £
*= s. s.
I II
£. VI VI
t ^ *D
Ut
*J **
t £ £
1 S 5
« « jj
J i
1
|
H
1 . c
£ - I I
t
&.
2
- VI
i • ' '
* 13
•S £ .
t S JE
I = |
£ t.
J
**«<»-
•IS-*
g >-S ~ 3"
— *j -v Q O
«j _ .0 2\ rH
y S~ i: ci
1 3-5 ° 8
S
en
^ c
S 55 g
| . si | •
«£ •»
II i
-
8 • « 8
rt -0 S «H
- S i -1 i
1 1 s 1 I
u w o o. «
- ; i J *
. 1 1" I i
*> •
- - S i
"• »
.!• i
*> VI
£ fi
£, S.
1 !
•5 5
*j *j
u u
£ £
S S
« *
I i
i I
c
—
E-"5 « S
OtJC V O> *
C U U C T)
1 = 1 ||
^!I-s
M *O vi C
'•—.•' ' *W
"° S ^ ^ —
lull
I 1-
S 8
§ §
CD O\ *
L O.
« C
KS -o
* O C
gz "g.
• -S8 gz
££ Si
Is SI
i
:• 5 s
. £1 8 |
"£ 5 vi «
' r-= i ?
*l I -
11 ..- I
II I |
4
4
•
U
w
U9
E f S
E £ £
« " I •
S £ u £
• « "c . «
? f 1 £)
1 1 £ - f
•t V) E *i
? 5 «.| 5
«> *» «» >- *
U U £ VI U
i i «- i
o H o « c
. B
£ s ss :
1 i
i lij i
^— "c
fi 1
„ 1 , .
1 E s 1
- E_.j s _. ;
°0 c'u fo "i
O c2 u m i
C O. £ •— O. 1
i !• "• ? i
C W vi • C 1
Liilii
1 c ^ u u c i
^ & ' 3 3*5 J
?•-» S, o. 5
ig Sg.SS J
1 1 1 1
s § t i
§ 1 f. J
* Y3 P i
_
.
•s 1
s »«h'
1 .sis ^.5
1 Ilia;
1 1 .
"Is
1 c *•
• S .
-o •. 5
c — —
s S2Z
Z S.S- « .
.
•
0
S'S .
en c c
§5 *•
«i
^ic
-?i '
. W * •"
f — 1
8 ^a
2-o
« -.
***• cy
x
|H^ «
;- li i
s • o
<2 M *"*
1 " * S
:* ~£ •
^ r^
« J5'., '
1 ij ^1
; £•=
^ 2I Id
5 K I
ts « |
! I - 1 I
- o. • — "^
!— IS" H
is •;£ j *
is *l ' * |
?J §g u
;l Is -f
: • 5s. 1 ii
CO J *
•I ^s
:f J5
ii . i| ii
i! 15 -
5 «2" ^c — —
j Q — a. JJ
«« . H
-------
w
fs
"\
. \
•
11
el
S"
i-, tj^j
t' =
O • C
in
||3
si
t"
w ._ '
Subcategory
Pan (Heater)
Mlchanlcal, an
Dliteatlon Reel
111
If ^
!•«!
S
_j
"
• ->
-
~
^
0.
c
v
£
1 £
IE
1 li
« «r~
f»» 01 "5
tf C U
— 0 ?«
KSI
3 e "§ .n
in S t. a
i
S-s.
g- c
a.
•o
* c
c •
o - «
= S"
C— 0
°"°
41
1
0
£
l
1
e
E
*
°
i
I
*n
S
E
•B
O
X-
•3
C
tr
oz
c
u
— «rl
O *
x£
* 5
_f U
.
o»
1
X
g
c
a.
e
o
I
o
»
M
|
^ ^
O
8
cT
o
o
g
S
o
§
g :
CTt
2«
O
U\
^
O
o
.*"
§
o
g
g
o
U-1
g
o
JJ
o
g
5S
s-
s"?
S~"S
O J3
o
o -S
I"
£
«£p
t. 4J
3 >.
*i *"
4rf «
U
c
«
"°
c
a.
c
£
u.
SS. -
•— « Ol
2 5^
^ c
S|u
D. .*
' - g
- 1 2
b. ac «*-
o
VI
> t)
H- «
£ ""
3 tJ
** C •
« a u
t- 0
.-o — o1
f g 0 =
5
^
vt
a:
e
I
*« c
u —
u * c c c
. c ° *5
szsS*
S 3'~ "• ~
« tn u "y T
*< (0 « V *
q O — t. —
TS O
9 C -
O **
3 — X
(J U —
**
•g
8.
?
V
c S
Oil sepirttlon <
recycle of proee
olh.
• « S
— a. 01
£o^
«rt O O
0 w *O —
c
SJ
«*- c
*** J
* t
a.
ii^
N U — *J
— Q.U- C •
* « T) * C
&SSSS
"1 •••=
£ c <*-•*-
_.. j_ 5 o v
«l U ** C >-
•> « o u
o S"o. •> —
2 e
ft!
L. «
*-
|*E S
1 C «
d o Z S .
**. W •) J
"D JJ Q. C
6 t- > «
g1 % . fe .
« C *• O « « S. x
i
51
ss
52
•1
II
3 s
u *<
Is
C 40
£•5
c
S
~
•*- c
Ul V
£"•«
C 1-
(A
(B
11)
3
8t
« a
« 15
t S
•tment Technolo
K Plants with E
*1
•o
r-t •
S *"!
e :-"
a) lu
4J o
4J a
o ;a
£k co
M
o\
*^
«o
-------
drummed. The
thousandths of
steel shot range in size from seven to twelve-
an inch. In cases where the shot would blind small
crevices of the molded items, manual deflashing is carried out.
Manual deflashing consists of spinning the item on a chuck and
grinding off the flash with a fine sandstone.
The molded products are inspected, packaged and shipped. Rejected
items are removed as solid waste.
Metal parts for rubber
j bonding are first degreased with
perchloroethylene vapor. The]waste, grease-laden solvent, is drummed
and removed as solid waste.| After degreasing the bonding surface is
sand blasted in a sand blasting drum to impart a rough surface. The
prepared bonding surface is painted with a bonding agent (rubber
cement) and the preform is attached. The metal preform item is molded
in a similar manner to the all-rubber items.
i
Occasionally the molds require cleaning. This is carried out by a dry
honing process which consists!of blasting the molds with fine glass
beads. j .
Haste waters are generated jby: cooling waters from the compounding
mill, the warm-up mill, the ^xtruder and the nitrogen compressor,
blowdown from the boiler (approxiately twice a day, 5 gallons each
time) , and regeneration wastes from the boiler feed water deionizer
((approximately 8 Ibs sodium chloride per day) . The steam condensate
recycle rate is high, approximating 100 percent.
Contaminants, oil and grease, and minor quantities of suspended
solids, enter these utility streams at unprotected floor drains. The
raw plant effluent, includingjutility streams, has oil concentrations
on the order of HO mg/1 and negligible suspended solids.
This plant manufactures electrical gloves and shoulder-length sleeves
via a dipping process in solvent-based rubber cement. The principal
raw material is natural rubber, although EPDM rubber gloves are being
developed. The solvent is a j naphtha type compound. The material
consumptions average 1,100 |pounds of rubber and 1,100 gallons of
solvent per day. Each pair of gloves requires approximately one pound
of rubber. The sleeves require more rubber. The plant operates 24
hours per day, 7 days a week.
The rubber, pigments, and vulcanizing agents are compounded on a 2-
roller mill and are sheeted out to approximately one-half of . an inch
in thickness. The mill uses i once-through cooling water. The sheeted
rubber is fed into a guillotine where it is chopped into three-inch
• squares, which are weighed intto a container.
! 121
-------
The rubber is transported to the cement mixing room where the rubber
is dissolved in solvent in a blend tank. The mixed rubber cement is
transferred from the blend tank I to a storage tank where it is stored
before the dipping operation. Cements with different recipes eind
colors have their own storage tank systems. The naphtha solvent is
pumped from butside tanks to the blend tank via two solvent pumps.
Solvent spills are very infrequent because of fire protection
requirements. The mixing room is'fitted with an automatic fire system
which is designed to shutdown the I pumps, close the doors of mixing
room,, and fill the room with carbon dioxide gas to extinguish a fire.
The gloves are dipped onto glazed porcelain forms in a cement dipping
room- The forms are held on a rack by their bases and dipped betwssen
20 and 30 times to build up the glove thickness. Each rubber layer is
allowed to drip-dry between dips 1 The total dipping-drying operation
takes about a8 hours. The temperature and humidity of the air in the
drying room is controlled by an air quality coiftrol system. Exhausted
air is used to heat incoming air. No air pollution control devices
are believed necessary. The air quality control system discharges
condensation at times when the air requires dehumidification. This
condensation is pure water. j
After drying, the base of the gio\[e is trimmed by a cutting wheel sind
the cuff bead is formed by rolling up the cuff. Labels indicating the
brand and size are attached to the glove cuffs with rubber cement.
The gloves still on~the forms are loaded into an open steam autoclave
for vulcanization. The forms areiallowed to adjust to the residual
temperature of the autoclave before the steam is applied. The gloves
are cured with 35 psig steam (temperature 280°F) for 40 minutes. The
forms plus gloves are removed from the autoclave and allowed to cool.
During the curing operation, the steam condensate that accumulates in
the autoclave is discharged for seven seconds every two minutes under
pressure to the plant drain. The|condensate picks up organics from
the curing gloves. The COD of this steam is approximately 800 mg/1.
The flow, however, is extremely low, about 3 gph on average.
When partly cooled, the gloves are dipped in a talc slurry and allowed
to dry. The talc slurry is a closed system. Makeup talc and water
are added to the slurry dip jtank. The dry gloves are stripped
manually from the molds 'and placed in a tumbler with a small amount of
talc powder to coat the inside ofjthe gloves.
! • ' '
The procelain molds are cleaned periodically by manual scrubbing. The
scrubbing waste water and rinse waters are containerized and hauled
from the plant by contract haulers.
The gloves are visually inspected for flaws. Gloves which pass the
visual inspection are tested for [their electrical resistance in a
water tank. The tank overflow, low in flow and uncontaminated, is
122
-------
discharged to the plant effluent. Gloves which fail the visual
inspection or the resistance test are sold as industrial gloves.
The green bladders are cured in steam heated stand-presses. These
presses are mechanically closed and the whole bladder building area is
wdry" and oil free. Steam cohdensate from the presses is recycled.
Metal parts for molding tojthe bladders are first degreased using a
closed trichlorpethylene system, sandblasted, and sprayed with rubber
cement as a bonding agent. j
i
Plant C j
This plant produces molded' rubber grips for golf clubs, tennis
rackets, baseball bats and tools. Another major type of product is
bladders for air-activated brakes and clutches. The types of rubber
used are natural rubber (approximately 75 percent) and various
synthetic rubber (about 25 percent). The daily quantity of compounded
rubber stock used to manufacture the grips is 17,000 pounds, and to
build the bladders is 2,240 pounds.
The rubber stock is compounded in a separate building. Stock is also
prepared for a sister plani in another location which does not have
its own compounding facilitiei. The grips require stock of various
colors, including black. Carbon black is not added at the plant;
instead, black master batch rubber is used. The bladders are made
solely from black rubber. The compounding facilities consist of a No.
3 Banbury mixer, two intermediary or storage mills, a 4 roll, Z-
calender mill, a calendered' stock sprayer cooling tank, a zinc
stearate dip tank, and a stock drying tower. In addition, a small
calender is used to prepare s^ock for the pneumatic bladders. All
cooling water, with the^ exception of the spray cooling tank, is
provided by a closed loop chilled water system (water at t6°F). The
spray cooling water is discharged untreated to the main plant sewer.
The dust collection device for the Banbury mixer is a wet scrubbing
roto-clone. Because of poor performance and maintenance problems, the
roto-clone is not operated and is to be replaced with a bag collector
device. !
The rubber grips are molded b^ compression, transfer, and injection
molding equipment. The injection mold extruder is cooled by its own
closed loop chilled water system. The presses for the compression and
transfer molds are hydraulic oil activated. Oil leaks occur and are
soaked up with absorbent granules. No open floor drains exist in the
molding area. j
The molded rubber grips are -.deflashed by hand using a trimming knife
before painting and final preparation. The grips are dipped in paint
and hung to dry. Paint drippings and spills are contained since no
floor drains exist -in this area. The paints are mixed in a closed
room to contain solvent odorsi There are no floor drains in the paint
"I •.••••••••-•
|123
-------
I
I •,'-..-
mixing area. There are potential air pollution problems in this area.
A control system has yet to be selected.
After painting, the grips are buffed to impart smoothness and remove
the last traces of the flash. Dry; bag collectors are used to trap the
airborne buffing dusts. The mplds are periodically cleaned by
blasting with glass beads in a closed hood.
i , • . ,.
The pneumatic bladders are built oh building machines in a manner
similar to tire manufacture. Cord! fabric is purchased from an outside
supplier. • J
The green bladders are cured in steam heated stand-presses. These
presses are mechanically closed and the whole bladder building area is
"dry" and oil free. Steam condensate from the presses is recycled.
Metal parts for molding to the bladders are first"degreased using a
closed trichlorqethylene system, sandblasted, and sprayed with rubber
cement as a bonding agent. i
Approximately 80 percent of the steam used in the plant is recycled to
the boiler as condensate. The boiler feed water is not softened to
demineralized. Instead, treatmentjagents are added to the feed water
to eliminate scale build up. The only process-associated discharges
to the plant sewer are cooling water for the service air compressors
and cooling water for the hydraulic oil pumps, in addition to the
calendered stock spray cooling watfer. The overflow from the plant's
septic tank systems is routed throiigh the main plant sewer.
Extruded oil used in the mill room and machinery oil stored in the
compressor area have on occasion! entered the effluent via floor
drains. It is the company's belief that these drains can be closed
and the oil involved stored elsewhere..
The plant's effluent has good COD j (50 mg/1), suspended solids (13
mg/1) and oil (7 mg/1) levels, j It is believed that the oil can be
further reduced with good housekeeping and the blocking of offending
floor drains. I
This plant manufactures several types of reinforced hose. The outside
diameters of the hoses range from approximately 3/4 inch to six
inches. Hoses are made on both rigid and flexible mandrels. Most
sizes of hose can be made injlengths up to about 100 meters. In
addition, small bore hose can be produced in continuous lengths. Hose
is reinforced with yarn and wire using braided and spiral winding
methods. Vulcanization is carriedjout by both cloth wrapped and lead-
sheathed techniques. The plant consumes appoximately 20,000 pounds of
raw materials each day. it operates 24 hours per day for five days
each week and employs 530 people. |The plant is in a rural area with a
124
-------
total area of 120 acres, 7.3 ajcres of
plant area.
which consist of the roofed
The plant water is supplied by 3 wells owned by the plant. The
capacities of the wells are 50:0, 250 and 250 gpm, respectively. The
water from the 500-gpm well ils chlorinated for domestic, sanitary and
process usage in order to minimize the activity of ferro-bacteria.
I
(**•«
Rubber stock is prepared in tjhe compounding area. The recipe is
varied to suit the particular service requirements of the hose. The
rubber ingredients are mixed in a Banbury mixer and sheeted out on a
roll mill. The sheet rubber iis dipped in soapstone slurry and hung to
drip and dry. An open drain Ibeneath the soapstone drip area collects
soapstone drippings which are jdischarged to the plant's final outfall.
In addition, the cooling water! from the mills is discharged into an
open drain which can readily be fitted with a collar, or the opening
can be completely sealed to prevent the entry of oil and grease 'to the
' drain. ' - | •• • . •
i - • " .
The tube component of the hose! is extruded and cooled in an open tank
by direct contact with cooling water. From the cooling tank, the tube
is passed through a tank of anti-tack agent ("Acrawax") . Soapstone
solution is not used for application because its anti-tack property is
more permanent and would adverjsely affect the future bonding of the
tube to the other componenits of the hose. -The overflow from the
cooling tank and drippings frojm the anti-tack system are discharged to
the plant's final outfall. The floor drain to which the overflow
cooling water is discharged could be equipped with a collar or
completely sealed.
in a helix.
The extruded and cooled tube is coiled on a form
i
Hose tube that requires rigid mandrel support is unwound from its coil
and pulled onto the rod-like mandrel in lengths of approximately 50
meters. Tube to be supported Jon flexible mandrels is extruded onto
the rubber- or plastic-coated .mandrel at the extruder. A release
agent is sprayed "between the | tube and the mandrel to facilitate
subsequent removal of the; mandrel. Some small bore hose is
sufficiently rigid not to require a mandrel. '
I -
The hose tube is braided or splirally wound with yarn or wire. The
yarn and wire are manufactured by supply companies and are received
ready for use. The "reinforcing" operations are "dry" and no floor
drains exist in this area.] The outer cover is extruded into the
reinforced hose before curing.l
i . • - • •"•'•',
Shorter lengths of hose are sh'eathed with lead in a lead press. The
lead sheath is cooled dire|ctly with water. The sheathed hose is
placed in a long autoclave which is heated directly with steam. After
curing, the lead sheath is stripped JErom the hose and re-cast into
billets to feed the lead press. The cured hose is removed from the
-------
mandrel by water or air pressure, inspected, and coiled for shipment.
Larger sizes of hose are tape-wrapped and charged into a direct-steam
heated autoclave. After curing the tape is removed from the hose and
the mandrel removed by water or air pressure or a mechanical pulling
technique. The condensate from the lead-sheathed curing autoclaves
contains lead (70 mg/1) and is discharged directly.
Cooling waters from the millsJ tube extruders, and lead cooling
processes are discharged via sumpsj to the final outfall. Periodically
the sumps are cleaned of accumulated oils and solids. The air
compressor condensate passes through an oil trap drum. The drum is
periodically skimmed of oil. The icombined waste waters flow over a V-
notch weir into a small creek to tihe river.
. • - ! •
An outside drum storage area contributes to the oil in the plant's
waste water during stcrms. This area is unroofed and is used to store
new, partly full, and empty drums' of various oils and chemicals. The
storm water passes through a sump before its discharge to the final
outfall but the sump is not regulajrly cleaned and oil seepage occurs.
The plant's combined effluent lhas the following quality: COD, 20
mg/1; suspended solids, approximately 1 mg/1; and oil and grease, less
than 1 mg/1. !
Duplicate samples analyzed by Plant D yield a different description of
the, effluent quality: COD, 28
-------
The compounded rubber stock is prepared for processing on four warm-up
mills. Rubber from these mills is formed into sheets in an extruder-
calender machine. The tempera'tures of the roller mills and extruder-
calender are controlled by recirculated cooling water and hydrotherm
cooling systems. The sheeted) rubber is cooled in a water spray
cooling tank. The contactjcooling water overflows and is reused in
the plant's main recirculated jcooling, water system. After cooling
the sheeted rubber is dipped Jin soapstone solution to prevent it from
sticking together during storage. Curbing and a floor sump have been
installed in the soapstone dip area to contain accidental spills, and
overflows. The sump is emptied into a portable tank and removed by a
private hauler. j
The dipped sheet rubber is passed over air vents to dry, and is then
rolled up into large rolls. The sheeting operation described above is
performed eight hours each day, five days per week; it uses 60-70
percent of the cooling water Circulated through the plant.
Once sheeted, the rubber is Isold as uncured or cured sheeted rubber,
or conveyor belting.
Curing of sheeted materials is! performed in presses, rotacures, or hot
air curing ovens. The rotacufe system employs a combination of steam,
cooling water, and electric lieaters to cure sheeted rubber under
prescribed conditions. Both -tihe steam and cooling water are recycled.
Presses employ steam and a hydrotherm cooling system to cure the
sheet. The third system is a gas fired hot air cure. This technique
does not require steam or cooling water. .
In addition to the production |of sheeted rubber, the plant also builds
the body plies, or carcasses, used to make conventional fabric-
reinforced conveyor belting. Fabric, which has already been
frictioned with rubber, is shipped to the plant,. This material, which
is single ply and has a maximum width of approximately 55 inches, is
used to build carcasses of multiple ply thicknesses and various widths
up to approximately 128 inches. Once built, this belting is rolled in
fabric cloth and sent to another plant to have an upper and lower
layer of rubber applied to thej fabric, completed belts are frequently
returned to the plant for curing.
I ' :
Waste waters are generated jby the cooling system overflows, zeolite
softener regeneration wastes, boiler blowdown, plant runoff,
hydrotherm systems, air conditioning systems, and domestic sources.
The principal waste water jproblems at the plant originate with the
hydraulic oil systems for the I curing presses. Oil leaks from the oil
systems are frequent. Curbing and oil sumps have been installed to
contain such leaks. Periodically the collected oil is removed from
the sumps and drummed prior to disposal. The oil leakages from the
hydraulic oil systems have in the past been so severe and uncontained
127
-------
g*ound beneath the tiant contains large amounts of oil.
described above; ^"p^ntls ^X/^dSS^^SSS
nlllL WatHKS- " Sh°Uld be ^oted' however, SS94ifplE?
neither rubber compounding nor process oil storage '
Plant F
This plant manufactures rubber pipe seals
rubber-to-metal molded items. — ' '
&
<
.
oK comP°unded ^ a B^nbury mill. Depending on the amount
of stock being processed, botli nonreactive and reactive stocks are
compounded. During normal operations, however, the stock Is
compounded onl once (reactive stock) with all the SoSpound"
a"9fints' adde<3 at the same time. The material is
^^~' air ^ied' «* ^-^ "
.-|
Weather stripping, pipe seals, j and molding plugs are formed bv
r 10ng Kreled ext?udlrs? Short
do StH±P feed mills' whereas lon
?: extruders are temperature controlled; both
cooi:Ln? water are used. The extruded items are cooled,
* P Ced ^ autoclah Fans in preparation for curing
Extruded items are cured in autoclkves with 100 psi steam. *-""•"?•
the cavities of
Before curing, the
to ensure proper release frjam the~mold!
I . • .
The ends of pipe seal rubber are: cemented together to form the large
ui! PXPK s?als' The operation is carried out in an electric
wnen bonding rubber to'.metal, the metal na-r-h mne-f- 4^*-o4- ^^«
degreased, using trichloroethylen4 in 'a clSsS lysteT, and then
128
-------
sprayed with an adhesive. The rubber is transfer-molded to the metal
part.
Waste waters generated at this! plant include boiler blowdown, cooling
-tower and chiller water overflow, once through cooling water,
leakages, from the .various hyjdraulic and curing oil systems, and
spillages and drippings of lubjricating solutions.
The greatest problem currently facing the company is storm runoff. A
recent large spillage of oil cbnvinced company officials that control
and treatment of this type problem was a necessity. Sewer lines are
still coated with oil from the spill. To control this problem,, two
gravity separators collect all water leaving the plant including
runoff. Oil storage pumping stations are covered. Drip pans are
provided for oil transfer lines.
Steam'condensate from the autoclaves flows into a final holding lagoon
and is not discharged. Boiler treatment and blowdown wastes and one
group of roof drains flow into a detention pond to settle oil and
solids. From the detention pond, the water is siphoned from below the
surface and flows to a separator where any residual oil is removed.
The resultant effluent concentrations are approximately: COD, 100
mg/1; suspended solids, H'O mg/ls and oil, 3 mg/I.
Plant G . j
I
This plant manufactures braided and spirally wound, reinforced rubber
hose as well as plastic-based hose. Both metal and fabric reinforcing
components are used. Tota^ raw material consumption for jrubber
products is approximately 162,500 pounds per day. The plant operates
24 hours per day, 5 days per week. '
Three different production processes are employed. Industrial hose is
produced by compounding, extruding, and pan curing. Hose, which
requires curing inside a mold,j is produced by compounding, extruding,
encasing hose in lead, and curing. Preformed hose is produced by
compounding, extruding, forming, and curing.
i " - • •
All rubber and compounds are mixed in one of four Banbury mills. The
compounded material is dropped from the Banbury where it is sheeted
out, dipped in a recirculated soapstone solution, air dried, and piled
on skids to await further processing.
To make the hose, compounded rubber is extruded into a tube. Both
long and short barreled extruders are employed at this plant. Short
barreled extrudes require warm up and strip feed mills, whereas long
barreled extruders do not. ! The tubing is cooled, dipped in a zinc
stearate lubricating solution 'and placed in a temporary storage.
129
-------
Reinforcing material is applied to the outside of the tube by braiding
or winding machines. No water is used in this area. Finally, the
outer covering is extruded onto £he reinforced rubber tubing.
Lead sheathing can be extruded onto the hose in a solid or molten
state. The lead covered hose is j wrapped onto large spools. The lead-
sheathed hose is filled with watfer to apply pressure on the inside of
the hose before it is cured in steam heated autoclaves. After curing,
the lead covered hose is copied and the lead covering is removed
mechanically and recycled to the sheathing process. The water is
released from the inside of
i
the hcse. The hose is hydraulically
shipment. The hydraulic
tested with water before final s borage and
test water is discharged.
Industrial hose which does njot require molding is pan cured. The
stock is placed in pans and curejd in autoclaves. Preformed hose is
made from uncured or semicured jhose which is Cut to length, placed on
a form to give it the proper shape, and cured in autoclaves.
i •'-.-.••
Waste waters from this plant arise from the use of water as a
lubricant, spillages of other! lubricating or anti-tack solutions,
condensate from autoclaves, hydraulic testing water, pressure-water
for the curing operation, bojiler blowdown, softener backwash, and
cooling system overflows. No stleam condensate is recycled.
A municipal system receives all the waste waters from this plant
operation. No pretreatment of waste is practiced.
The effluent quality is compalrable to other plants in this industry
group and is acceptable for publicly owned treatment works. The
effluent levels are approximately: COD, 300 mg/1; BOD, 30 mg/1;
suspended solids, 40 mg/1; and oil, 5 mg/1.
This plant produces canvas footw,ear, cement dipped boots, and foam
rubber for carpet underlay arid shoe innersoles. Daily raw material
consumption amounts to approximately 265,000 Ibs per day of rubber
compounds. .
canvas shoes are the result.of many different production operations
including compounding of rubber stocks, molding of the soles,
extrusion of the other various rubber components, cutting and
fabricating of canvas parts, construction of all these items into the
final product, and curing of the final product.
The rubber used in this plantl is compounded with other chemicals in
six Banburys and sheeted out injmills. The compounded sheeted stock
is cooled on six cooling conveyers employing three different cooling
techniques? a water spray, a cooling water tank, and water
-------
evaporation. Three cooling colnveyers employ a water spray against the
bottom of the conveyer belt carrying the rubber stock. On two coolina
conveyers the rubber is cqmpletely immersed in water. The final
system employs a spray directljy onto the rubber. Evaporation of this
water supplies the bulk of the cooling. After cooling by each of the
three techniques, the rubber is rolled onto large rolls.
- . - -L
The innersoles of the shoes are cut with dies from sponge rubber
sheets. The sponge rubber sheet is prepared by extrudir- —
calendering rubber stock, containing blowing agents, into sheets,
sheets are continuously cured in presses.
The
I
The soles are either cut from juncured rubber sheets, or formed in
compression or injection moldsi. The technique employed depends on the
final product and the technology available.
Compression molding technology] is older and requires more manual labor
than the completely automated injection technique. Its advantage is
in the ability to mold many different colors simultaneously. oil
supplies the hydraulic pressure for both molding techniques. The
curing presses are heated elecjtrically.
After curing the molded soles are buffed to remove the flash. A coat
of latex is applied to the sole after which it is dried in an electric
oven.
Canvas uppers for shoes arfe made from two or three ply material.
Canvas material arrives at the plant as single ply sheets in various
colors. Latex is applied to the sheets; the sheets are then pulled
together and passed over steam heated drums. The sheets are stacked
and then cut to the proper dimensions using a die and press. The
various pieces composing the canvas portion of the shoe are stitched
together in making lines. -.
The shoe is fabricated from the various components on a form called a
last. The canvas top is cemented at its edges and placed over the
last. The innersole is then applied. Before the toe pieces, the
boxing, and the outer sole are|applied, the bottom of the innersole
and canvas is dipped in a latex solution. The latex is used to hold
the entire shoe together. Next the sole, toe and heel pieces, and
boxing are applied. The finished uncured shoes are inspected and
placed on- curing racks. The shoes are cured in autoclaves in an
ammonia atmosphere. Approximately 10 Ibs of ammonia is used per
autoclave per cure. At the end of the curing process, the autoclave
is vented to the atmosphere. The need to collect and control the
ammonia contained in the autoclave ventings is being investigated.
Cement dipped boots involve a slightly different building process.
The pieces of fabric forming the carcass of the boot are applied to
131
-------
I
I
forms which are dipped in a rubber cement solution, dried, cured, and
finally packaged.
Process waste waters from this plant consist .of latex tank cleaning
waste waters, oil dripping and leakage from heavy processing
machinery, and discharges from wet dust collectors. Waste latex, or
latex remaining in drums that can no longer be used, is removed from
the plant by a private contractor. Latex rinse waters, used to remove
residual quantities from the latex drums, are coagulated with ammonium
alum and settled out in a retaining basin. Clarified water is allowed
to overflow to the river. Coagulated rubber is removed from the basin
whenever necessary. The washing operation is periodic, occurring
approximately 10 to 12 times per'24-hour day. Discharges from the
basin occur for a total of approximately one hour each day. Plant
personnel are considering modifying the system by adding mixers to the
basin. There is currently insufficient mixing in the basin and large
quantities of latex remain uncoagulated and leave the basin via the
overflow. This latex eventually!coagulates in the overflow drains
causing them to clog periodically with solids.
Drippings from open gears and]leakages from motor and mill bearings
cause the spillage and leakage o£ oil and water to accumulate in the
mill and heavy machinery basinsi The plant has installed two systems
to cope with these problems. Motor areas are diked and equipped with
a 300-gallon oil collection sump. Mill basin drains have been
intercepted so that leakages" that enter these drains flow via a trough
into a holding tank. Oil is removed from the tank by a stainless
steel belt. Plant personnel estimate the retention time in the tank
to be 72 hours. When operating, | the unit has an overflow rate of 1-2
gpm. Oil picked up by the belt passes into a waste oil storage tank
which is periodically emptied and the waste oil drummed.
Each Banbury line is equipped with a wet dust collector. In addition,
two wet collectors control particulate pollution in the buffing
operation by collecting sole flash. Flow from these collectors goes
untreated to the outfall. j
The plant effluent quality is approximately: COD, 76 mg/1; BOD4, 6
mg/1; suspended solids, 29 mg/1; and oil, 7 mg/1.
Plant I \
This plant manufactures reclaimed rubber from whole tires and
miscellaneous rubber scrap. Dai.ly raw material consumption includes
175,000 Ibs of whole tires (apprbximately 8,750 tires) and 127,000 Ibs
of miscellaneous scrap, the bulk of which is inner tubes. Total
reclaim production is currently 271,000 Ibs per day. Two reclaim
processes are employed, one for tires based on the conventional wet
digestion process, and a second process used primarily for scrap inner
tubes, called pan or heater procjess.
132
-------
In the digester process, whole tires are brought to the plant and
stored in open areas. Plant [personnel manually separate steel belted
and studded snow tires from jother conventional tires. . Currently,
tires containing steel (othe'r than bead wire) cannot be processed by
this plant and are sent to dumps. Tires to be processed are passed
through a magnetic sensing {device which removes any steel belted or
studded tires not previously removed.
Cracker mills grind and break jup the whole tire. The ground tires are
screened and oversized particles recycled to the mills. After the
first milling, an operator removes large sections of the bead wire. A
magnetic separator removes the smaller sections of bead wire which
pass through the screens with the ground rubber. The particles of
rubber which still contain fiber from the cords and belts are further
grourid in stoners (fine grinding equipment) and hammer mills. The
additional grinding facilitates the removal of the fibers by air
separation techniques. Separated fiber is baled and sent to landfill
sites.
A final grinding operation, reduces the rubber particle size to 20
mesh. This grinding is necessary for the removal of the final traces
of fiber from the rubber jproduct. The reduced particle size also
reduces the amount of oil necessary to devulcanize the rubber in the
digestion step. i
The fine, fiber-free particles are mixed with oil, water and chemicals
(typically a calcium-based or!formaldehyde digestion solution) and fed
to a digester where the rubber is devulcanized. The digestion liquor
is heated with steam injection. From the digesters, the resultant
slurry passes to a blowdown t^nk. Quench.or cooling water is added to
the slurry in the blowdown t-ank. From the blowdown tank, the rubber
slurry passes to a holding tank, where additional water is "added
before dewatering on a screerji and finally in a dewatering press. The
dewatered rubber is dried in screw dryers using recirculated steam.
The liquor from the screen|and press pass through a 200-mesh screen
where fine rubber particles are recovered. The dewatering liquor is
recycled to the digesters, \tapors from the blowdown tank are trapped
and condensed in a barometricicondenser. Vapors from the dryers are
similarly condensed. Oils are separated from the condensed vapors in
a decant tank and are returned to the digestion stage where they are
reused.
The recycle system for the dewatering liquor and the reclaimed process
oils is shown in Figure 9.• The waste overflow from the decanter is.
approximately one-third of the total of the waste dewatering liquor
plus the vapor condensate without .the recycle system. '
The dried devulcanized rubber is mixed with other compounds including
carbon black and oil. The mining takes place in an internal mixer-
extruder, compound usage follows a specific recipe related to the
133
-------
U
o
m
IU
O
a:
O
IU
IU
Of
O
-------
end-product use qf the reclaim. Finally the
milled into sheets to form the final product.
compounded reclaim is
The pan or heater process,! which is used for miscellaneous rubber
scrap but primarily for inner tubes, differs from the wet digestion
process described above in \that no fiber separation equipment is
needed and devulcanization of the rubber is carried out via a dry
process. . - ••'••'
Operators remove metal, such as inner tube valves, from the scrap
rubber. Conveyors carry the metal-free rubber to a cracker mill where
it is ground and screened. Th£ rubber particles are mixed with oil
and other chemicals, placed! in bins, and devulcanized in a large
horizontal heater. After devuicanization, the rubber is milled into
sheets to form the final product.
Process waste waters from jbhe wet digester process arise from the
dewatering process and the various vapor condensers in the digester
process area. Discharge of the waste water from the dewatering press
has been eliminated in the pasj: year by recycle of the water to the
digestion stage. Oils condensed from the vapor streams are separated
from the water in a decant tank and fed back to the digester. Water
from the decant tank is recycled to the digestion makeup stage when
possible or discharged as a waiste water. Process waste waters from
the pan devulcanizer process) are caused by the condensation of vapor
streams. These are combined with digester vapor streams and decanted
together with the digester strjeam. The reclaimed oils are recycled to
the wet digestion process.
The process waste waters which cannot be recycled are discharged. The
resulting plant effluent qujality is approximately: COD, 110 mg/1;
suspended solids, 50 mg/1; and) oil 10 mg/1. It is believed that these
waste waters would be readily Created in a municipal sewage treatment
system.
Finger cots are also
This plant produces balloons and prophylactics.
produced, but not on a continuous basis. The plant is located in a
rural area and employs approximately 50 people.
Natural latex is the
primary raw material for all d'ipped items. No other types of latex
are consumed. Approximately 2,650 Ibs latex is used to produce 3,800
gross of prophylactics per day; 10,170 gross of toy balloon are
likewise produced from 6,810 l{bs of latex. Because of the proprietary
nature of the production equipment and the highly competitive nature
of the operation, inspection of the processing lines was not
permitted.
The natural latex arrives by itank car and is pumped to holding tanks.
The latex recipe is compounded! in a water-cooled tank from which it is
135
-------
pumped into drums together with vjarying
makeup, water depending on the end-use.
used as, makeup for
balloon dip tanks.
the four
quantities pf dilution, or
This drummed latex mixture is
prophylatic dip tanks and the twelve
Clean molds are coated with latex; in these dip tanks. The tanks are
cooled with recirculated cooling water. The latex-covered molds are
passed through a hot air dryer ov'en to strenthen the rubber coating.
This process is repeated in a jsecond dip tank and dryer train. The
latex-covered molds are now cured' in air-heated curing ovens. Steam
is used to heat both the drying and curing air.
After curing, the dipped goods ,are sterilized in a 200°F water bath.
Steam injection is used to heat the water bath. The overflow from the
sterilization bath is negligible isince the water loss from the baths
by carryover on the molds is approximately equal to the steam makeup.
The dipped items are coated with a talc and stripped from the mold.
The products are finally inspected, packaged, and shipped.
i
I
Stripped of the cured product, thje molds are cleaned and rinsed before
being returned to the dip tanks. ! The cleaner tanks contain a one-
percent solution of Oakite Ru'stripper in water. There is little
overflow from the cleaning tank. ] The rinse tank is raw water but it
does pick up talc and cleaning agent from the mold. The rinse
overflow waste water is therefore! contaminated with surfactants.
Process waste waters arise from the small overflow from the steriliser
tanks, minor discharges from the mold cleaning tank, and from the
rinse water overflow. As mentioned earlier, the first two sources are
negligible. All process waste! waters and the boiler blowdown are
directed to holding lagoons. The] primary constituents of the process
waste waters are the talc and surfactants removed from the molds in
the rinsing process. .
• , I
The waste water treatment facilities in this plant consist of three
lagoons, one holding lagoon anjd two detention lagoons. The holding
lagoon is used to contain all wjashdown and cleaning waters. The
detention lagoons treat the rinse water and blowdown for removal of
solids. In addition, the latjex tanks were rinsed with small
quantities of water and wiped clean with rags.
The plant effluent contains: cbo, 120 mg/1; BOD, HO mg/1; suspended
solids, 85 mg/1; and oil H mg/1. | The effluent surfactants level is
negligible (less than 1 mg/1).
Plant K
This plant produces compressioh molded sundries, such as hot water
bottles, hygiene syringes and bulbs, and pharmaceutical items. Also
136
-------
produced are latex-dipped goods such as gloves. Daily raw material
cons-umption levels are 28,000 jibs of compounded solid rubber per day
and 2,000 Ibs of latex per day
This company compounds the, majority of" its solid rubber stock in
Banbury internal mixers and roller mills. The remaining stock is
purchased as a masterbatch and is mixed on mills. In either case, the
material is fed to the Banbury or mill and mixed with various
compounding agents. After a prescribed mixing time, the materials are
sheeted off and air cooled. JThe sheeted compounded stock can be
pelletized or formed into extruded sheets depending on the type of end
product. |
To form pelletized stock, .the sheeted material is fed to a long-
barreled extruder. The material is extruded into a continuous
cylinder, cooled in a cooling tank, and cut to a prescribed length.
The pellets, referred to as slugs, are fed to a shaker screen where
they are air coded and dusted with dry talc. The cooled slugs are
stored until needed.
•To form extruded sheet stock, j the rubber is fed to an extruder-
calender. The extruded sheets are passed over cooling drums, dusted
with talc, cut to length, and ifinally sent to storage.
All rubber molded items at this plant are compression molded. The
presses are loaded with slugs jor sheets depending on the product. Two
hydraulic systems provide pressure for the compression presses. The
first is a deadweight water system. The second is an oil system.
Heat necessary for curing jis provided by steam circulated in the
cavities of the molding presses. After molding, an operator empties
the presses, dips the cured mo'lded items in a cooling tank, and stacks
the item on temporary holding skids. The cooling tank water contains
a lubricant. The molded items proceed to a die cutter which trims the
flash. In some cases, an operator applies a silicone lubricant to aid
in the cutting. Finished products, which are formed from two molded
pieces, proceed to a seconcji steam-heated press where the pieces are
joined together with a rubber cement.
Latex used in the manufacture iof dipped goods is brought in by tank
cars as, a 50 percent emulsion. The stock is blended with other
ingredients in a blend tank before being transferred to a dip tank.
.. i
In the formation of a final product, molds are first dipped in a
coagulant. The coagulant is a solution of calcium nitrate dissolved
in alcohol. The molds are next dipped in the latex dip tank and then
into a leach tank. Finally the latex covered molds are cured in a hot
air oven. The leach tank contains l«tO°F water 'which is heated by
steam injection. The hot jair used in the curing oven is heated
indirectly with steam. Once cured, the dipped goods are stripped from
molds which are recycled to trie coagulant tank for the next dipping
operation.
I '•'•."'• . •-
I
)37
-------
I
Pharmaceutical items produced by this plant must be washed before
final packaging and shipping. Washing is carried out in a single 100-
gallon washing drum using seven selquential steps. The drum is first
,rinsed with water to remove cbntaminants retained from, a previous
cycle. Next the items are loaded and washed in a chlorinated caustic
solution. The next two washes are with detergent. These are followed
by a neutralization wash, a hot water rinse wash, and a boiling water
final rinse. The items are removep from the drum, dried in a hot air
oven, packaged, and eventually shipped.
Process waste waters from this plant arise primarily from the washing
of molded and dipped goods. Tjhese wastes are characterized by
surfactants, BOD, COD, suspended iand dissolved solids, and pH spikes.
Other process waste waters arise from leakages and spills of oil and
water from heavy machinery. Washing of dipping molds also produce a
discharge. The molds are cleaned every two to three weeks. A fourth
process waste water comprises overflows and cleaning liquids from the
dip tanks and other latex handling facilities.
Waste waters are treated with calcium nitrate and "ferro-floc" ibo
coagulate the latex solids, folilowed by clarification to settle the
coagulated solids. The clarified effluent is discharged to a
municipal treatment system for! further treatment. The principal
characteristics of the primary effluent are: COD, 700 mg/1; BOD, 150
mg/1; suspended solids, 800 mg/l;| extractable organics, 130 mg/1; and
surfactants, 7 mg/1.
This plant manufactures latex foanj products. Production lines include
mattresses, pillows, comfort seating, and slab foam. During normal
operating periods the plant is run continuously; however, at the time
of this survey a shortage of raw (materials had reduced production.
Production at the plant during the sampling periods was estimated to
consume 200,000 pounds per day of jraw materials including the filler.
Approximately 135,000 to 150,000 pounds were dry latex solids. The
plant is locates in a minor urb|an area with limited plant area
available for either production plant expansion or comprehensive waste
water treatment facilities. j
Production of the latex goods utilizes the Talalay process. Following
production of latex at another facility, the latex emulsion is trucked
to this plant and pumped into storage tanks. The latex then passes
through a freezing-agglomeration step where the pH is lowered with
carbon dioxide gas. This causes minor coagulation of the latex to.
produce larger emulsion solids. JThe latex is, concentrated in an
evaporator which pulls off water vapor using a steam jet equipped with
a barometric condenser to condense the evaporated water vapor.
138
-------
After concentrating, additional ingredients (stabilizers, fillers,
s\xrfactaivts, antioxidants, accelerators) are added in the compounding
step. The latex mix is th'en transferred to the steam-heated curing
-presses using a transfer hose1. The high temperature of the press
causes specific latex ingredients to decompose, liberating gases which
produce the foam effect. In [addition, carbon dioxide is injected into
the mold to assist the curing process. The final foam product is
cooled, rinsed with water, dried, and inspected before shipment.,
River water, with a slight chlorine addition, is used in the plant for
washings and cooling. It is the only source of nonpotable water in
the plant. •
The principal process wastb waters from this plant arise during
process cleanup and product wjashing. Periodic washdowns occur in the
latex storage and freezingj-agglomeration areas to clean up latex
spills and leaks. These wast|e waters are laden with latex solids.
The final foam products are w'ashed countercurrently to the flow of the
wash or rinse water. .Progress has beerr made in reducing the
quantities of wash water needed by using a counterflow washing recycle
system. An additional source of waste water arises during the
evaporation step. Barometric condensers are used to condense vacuum
3et discharges and the combined condensates and cooling waters are
discharged directly. !
Cooling water is once-through! and is discharged directly to the river.
Boiler blowdown is also discharged without prior treatment. Waste
water facilities are employed; primarily for the removal of latex
solids and zinc ions. High concentrations of latex solids are present
in the storage and freezer-agglomeration wash downs. These waste
waters are collected in a pit!and transferred batchwise to a treatment
tank where the pH is adjusted] and coagulation chemicals (alum and
polyelectrolyte) are added. Latex solids float to the surface and are
removed with the tank overflow.
i
The clarified underflow wa?te waters are discharged directly to the
river. The skimmed latex solids in the overflow are screened and
containerized for disposal.! The screen filtrate is returned to the
chemical treatment tank for continued treatment.
Waste waters from the product washings are treated in a separate
system. The wash waters are collected in a pit and are then
transferred to a rapid mix tank where lime is added. The resulting
zinc hydroxide precipitate jis removed in a primary clarifier. The
settled solids are dewatered in a vacuum filter and trucked to a
landfill. The waste water is:discharged directly to the river.
Plans have already been made to upgrade the existing waste treatment
facilities. The proposed plant will collect the .effluent from the
batch latex waste water treatment system and the zinc removal
39
-------
- I
clarifier in an equalization -tank.I The pH of the waste waters will be
adjusted with carbon dioxide to iprecipitate zinc carbonates. The
waste water will then be filtered in a diatomaceous earth filter -to
remove fine suspended solids and carbonates. The waste waters will
then flow to a municipal treatment plant for additional BOD removal.
At present, with the describedj zinc removal and latex coagulation
primary treatments, the effluent quality, including the barometric
condenser discharge, is as followjs: BOD, 400 mg/1; zinc, 4 mg/1; and
Suspended solids, 50 mg/1.
Summary of Control and Treatment Technology
General-Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Subcategpries
In-Plant Control
In~plant control measures and practices require proper handling and
isolating general spills and j leaks of potential contaminants:
soapstone and other anti-tack agenjts, latex compounds, solvents and
rubber cements, metal preparati3n wastes, and wet air-pollution
control equipment discharges.
General Spills and Leaks
Most molding, extruding, and rubbejr fabrication plants (such as hose
or footwear production facilities) • can generate waste water containing
machinery oils and greases as well as suspended solids. If
uncontrolled, these waste waters ] can enter floor drains, thereby
polluting the plant effluent. ] In plants, such as cement dipping
facilities where less heavy machinery is used, the oil contamination
problem is noticeably reduced.
The exemplary subcategories E,
F, and G plants visited shared the
following common methods to reduce the type of oil contamination
described above: blocking of existing floor drains, removing oil
leaks promptly with dry absorbent granules, and in some cases curbing
the problem area to contain oil or grease leaks. In cases where a
floor drain is required in order to discharge uncontaminated cooling
water, for instance, a collar | is installed around the floor drain
opening to prevent floor drainage jfrom passing into the drain opening.
Plants which have water and oil lelakages occurring at the same piece
of equipment often use oily-water Isumps inside the oil retention .areas
to collect the highly contaminated water in order that it can be
adequately containerized or tre'ated. For cases with relatively
voluminous leakages, these collection sumps are equipped with pumps
which empty the sumps by pumping the oily water to a location where it
can be treated or held or disposal;.
140
-------
storage areas *»here fuel, maintenance, and process oils are
kept are frequent causes of oil pollution in a plant's effluent.. The
situation is aggravated at thejse facilities by high run-off rates
during storms. The most effective way to prevent contamination of
large quantities of storm water is to retain the offending oil,
preventing its entering thej otherwise clean storm water and, at the
same time, roofing the oil contaminated regions to keep the clean
storm water from picking up thje oil.
In one case observed, compressor oil was transferred from a 55-gallon
drum to a smaller container in! the close vicinity of an open drain.
The floor around the drum and the drain opening was contaminated with
oil. Coincident with this observation, oil globules appeared in the
final plant effluent. In another plant, discarded drums used to ship
process oils were stored in the cpen. The ground was coated with oil
and the stagnant water in ia nearby drain had a heavy layer of oil.
This oil layer would eventually enter the plant effluent discharge.
These two cases point out thai; good housekeeping, as well as installed
control equipment, is vitall to the prevention" of waste water
contamination by oil. •
In the plants where good housekeeping and sound control facilities
were used the oil loadings in the plant effluent were satisfactory.
Lead-Sheathed Hose Production|
In the manufacture of hose viei lead-sheath processes, lead-laden waste
waters result. The sources of lead are the lead press and cured hose
cooling water, and the vulcanizer condensate. In order to properly
treat for lead, these streams Ishould be segregated prior to treatment.
Soapstone and Anti-Tack Dip Solutions
I ' ' •
The spillage of soapstone and other anti-tack solutions is controlled
in exemplary plants in a manner similar to the containment methods
used for oils and grease. Floor drains have been blocked or collared
to prevent the slurries from entering plant drains and sewers. Spills
and drippage are mopped up orjare simply allowed to evaporate.
In industries such as cement clipping, few floor drains are required.
In the area where the final!dipped product is coated with soapstone,
the soapstone slurry system is closed and little spillage occurs. A
similar approach is feasible for all types .of industry in this
category.
Latex Compounds ]
~ I . . ' «• .
Several types of fabricated product require the use of latex during
the manufacture. Latex spills can occur at the storage loading areas,
facilities where bulk latex is transferred to drums, and at the
14JI
-------
processing areas.
latex down with
water.
Where such skills occur, it is common to wash
producing a latex-laden waste water.
the
In
• c-— ——-T--—«VJ v* J.vi <_WA-j.avacji »
addition, drums are frequently rinsed clean with water. These latex
W3K f "?ters are then chemically coagulated and clarified, usually in
,a batchwise treatment system. I .
A more effective way to ha'ndle ijatex is the use of plastic liners in
latex drums, when the dru;m is r.eused, the old liner is discarded. m
this manner, waste waters from drum cleaning are not generated. Latex
spills around storage and ^ransfer facilities are coagulated with alum
T^oJrS ,,oo5 ^apeJ fT-°* ^he i9round- ln th« processing areas where
latex is used, floor drain^ have! been blocked. This approach is used
by a footwear plant which, although it was not visited, was surveyed
on this specific subject. | "
Solvents and Rubber Cements !
•I j ' .•*•••:•>,• -V.v -.-••• .:••• «-- ;!,/ ! ,,. ...-,. •'
Many plants use rubber cements as adhesives. in addition, the cement
dipping industry handles large quantities of cements and solvents. In
most of the cases observedi thesfe organic liquids are mixed and stored
XIVha*e?S W1jhout ,floor [Drains. This is by far the most positive
method to control solvent or cement spills and leaks. Incidentally,
solyents should be kept out ofjplant drains for reasons of safety as
eJ losivlnlssent quality' sincf they have high flammability and
Metal Preparation
The methods used to prepare and recycle metal components for rubber
bonding were_essentially dry. Degreasing liquids were used in closed
systems and discarded when
saturated with grease.
I
It is believed that some plants use acid pickling to prepare metal
components. The pickling and metal rinse waste will exhibit low pH
and high heavy metal concentrations. It is understood that
precipitation of the metals and] pH adjustment is, carried out to
effectively treat such Wastes! before combination with other plant
waste waters. Alternatively, the pickling wastes are containerized
and hauled from, the plant. Plants employing extensive metal
preparation should control [waste waters from such operations according
to metal finishing regulations. |
I -':' - -:' '-' '. . • ' ' - '
Air Pollution Control Equipment
wet scrubbing devices are used iri the rubber compounding and product
buffiner areas. Althouah wet jscrubbing devices are used to trap
sand-blasting fines, dry ait-pollution
buffing areas. Although
rubber-buffing and metal
. - 3 •u'-».«**. , _ ._„._„—-*.a ^.jj.tit., vtj-jr cu-i — uvjj.4.utxwn
control devices are also applicable and are used in many plants within
the industry. in some plants where waste water discharge requirements
are stringent and' the
use of
142
bag collector .devices is also
-------
inappropriate, the waste waters from wet scrubbing devices are settled
and filtered before discharge^ or a municipal treatment system is used
to accept the waste waters. Wet scrubbers exist within some plants
that- greatly add to the process waste water usage and loadings.
Additional limitations which take into consideration TSS from wet
scrubbers have been applied tJD BPCTCA and BATEA, BPCTCA is based upon
current practice, while BATEA is dependent upon recycle and treatment
of concentrated wet scrubber waste waters.
End-gf-Pipe Treatment
I -- - - - - - • - -
In general, only minor end-of^pipe treatment is used by the industries
covered by this industry segment. This is due largely to the fact
that process waste water contamination is limited to essentially two
parameters: oil and grease, knd suspended solids. In addition,, good
effluent quality can be achieved most economically by employing good
housekeeping practices with well-designed in-plant control measures.
Of the Subcategories E, .F, and G plants visited, only two had primary
•treatment systems and none; used secondary treatment. Furthermore,
only one of these plants used j the local municipal sewage trtsatment
system to provide the equivalent of secondary treatment. These facts
indicate that the magnitude of waste water pollution is not
appreciable or the problem! can be effectively controlled by sound
prevention and in-plant control measures. : •. ^_
One plant uses gravity separation to remove oil from' the combined
plant effluent. This combined effluent includes utility and storm
waters as well as process waste water. In-plant control measures are
employed as the primary method of oil reduction and the oil separators
are designed as a backup j system. In addition the plant's boiler
blowdown, autoclave condensate, and compressor condensates pass
through a holding pond to separate solids and oils from theses waste
water types before discharge.) The holding pond also allows these
waste waters to cool before they are discharged.
The other plant (manufacturing footwear) which does employ primary
treatment uses appreciable jquantities of latex adhesives. The
handling of these materials produces latex-laden waste waters which
are chemically coagulated andj allowed to separate in a batchwise
manner. It is debatable whether this treatment method for latex waste
waters is the most appropriate or whether the latex waste water can be
eliminated completely in the use of different handling and dry cleanup
techniques. This plant utilizes oil collection-separation sumps to
trap oil leaks produced at the mills and other heavy machinery.
The quality of the effluent from the one plant which discharges to a
municipal treatment system 'is satisfactory for the municipal system
without primary treatment or pretreatment. This quality of effluent
-------
1 ' '
can be achieved when correct waste water control and housekeeping
procedures are followed. I
Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Subcateggry
i - . '-.-••..
In-Plant Control j
The wet digestion reclaiming process is declining even more rapidly
than the reclaiming industry as a whole. There are only about three
wet digester reclaiming plants remaining, and the incentives for
process modifications, particularly those modifications leading to
lower waste water flows and loadings, are few. However, the control
measures used by the wet digestion industry include containment of
pollutants by the recycle and reuse of waste water streams.
General Spills and
Oil and grease spills and leaks occur around the heavy cracking and
grinding machinery used to prepare the scrap rubber for the digestion
process as well as the milling areas for the final reclaim rubber
product. In addition, rubber fine? are generated which can enter into
plant drains. outside storage areas used to store fuel, machinery,
and-process oils produce oil-ladenjwaste waters if spillage and storm
water are allowed to contact each other.
1 ! -, •' . . - -•:•' -. -'•• "• : •,-...'..:. '•-'•<' -y
The accepted method of controlling these types of contamination is
similar to that employed by general molded, extruded, and fabricated
rubber plants, namely, containment of the leaks and spills with
separate handling and disposal procedures and at the same time
reduction in the volume of water. For example, storm and cooling
waters that are uncontaminated arejnot allowed to come in contact with
the polluting spills and leaks. Good housekeeping is an important
element in the control of the contamination of cooling water and storm
water.
Digestion Liquor and Cil Recycle
The dewatering liquor is the major waste water stream by wet digestion
reclaim plants. The reclaim plant visited (Plant IJ uses a recycle
system which returns the dewatering liquor and reclaimed process oils
to the digestion step. This system is illustrated in Figure 9 in the
section on Plant I.
The dewatering liquor is collectedj at the rubber dewatering screen and
sent to a storage tank from where it is returned to the digester. The
liquor storage tank requires constknt agitation to suspend solids,
particularly rubber particles, jbhereby preventing a dense and tacky
buildup in the tank.
ii
-------
Vapor condensates and cooling waters from the blowdown tank and dryer-
are sent to a decanting t£nk where oils and other organics are
decanted. :
! ; i "
The decanted oils are sent to an oil storage tank where the residual
water content is drawn off! the bottom, and the top layer (oils and
organics) is returned to the digester for reuse. The bottom water
layer is returned to the first; decanter.
i
The bottom water layer from the first decanter is pumped to the
dewatering liquor storage tank1 where it mixes with the digester liquor
before being returned to the digestion process. Part of the bottom
water layer from the first decanter is slip-streamed to the sewer to
blow down accumulating compounds. It is this stream that is finally
discharged in the plant's Affluent. The flow and loadings of this
discharge are lower than the equivalent stream without the recycle and
reclaim system. This comparispn is shown in Table 15.
The oils and dewatering liquor, that are returned to the digestion step
of the reclaim process require makeup but the chemical usage is less
than the equivalent process consumption without recycle and reclaim.
Vapor Condensates | -
In theory, it should be possible to use vacuum pumps to exhaust the
blowdown tank and dryers. However, the advantages of steam ejesctors
over vacuum pumps are their; reliability, trouble-free operation 'and
overall economy. The use of vacuum pumps would reduce the condenser
cooling load and the final volume of. condensate.
The above modification has mbre merit if indirect cooling condensers
are used in place of barometric condensers. The volume of condensate
with a vacuum pump and indirect condenser would be considerably lower
than with a steam ejector and barometric condenser.
i
Scrap Defibering |
The method by which the scrap irubber is defibered has a considerable
effect on the loading of the digester dewatering liquor. If scrap
containing fiber is fed to the! digester together with the necessary
defibering - chemicals, the j dewatering liquor will contain the
solubilized fiber residue. In: addition, the defibering chemicals,
which are discharged along :with the dewatering liquor, can contain
contaminants, possibly heavy metals. Furthermore, chemical defibering
precludes the use of the recycle and reclaim system as described
above. . j
-1'" • : " .'-•' '• • ' • • -.-'''
As an alternative to chemical' defibering, defibering by mechanical or
physical techniques can be used. In brief, the waste water benefits
of this method are: fiberffree dewatering liquor, no chemical
i145
-------
defibering agents in the liquqr, and reduced dewatering liquor
discharge due to liquor recycle, iln cases where liquor recycle can be
utilized, the usage of process 'oils and digestion chemicals is also
significantly reduced. i
Alternative Reclaim Process .
The conversion of a wet digestion jreclaiming plant to any of the three
dry reclaiming processes (pan, mechanical, or dry digestion) , in order
to improve the quality of the 'plant's effluent would constitute
considerably more than an in-pljant control measure. However, it is
appropriate to note at this point jthat the three dry processes give
significantly lower waste waterj flows and loadings than the wet
digester process. The wet digester process can more readily be
converted to the dry digester prqcess than to either the pan (heater)
or mechanical processes. i
End-of-Pipe Treatment . ;
Plant I employs little end-of-pip^ treatment; and a decanter for oil
and grease separation. This is the only wet digester reclaim process
known to discharge direc'tly to a 'stream or river. All other wet
digester plants discharge to municipalities which are reportedly able
to treat this type of waste water iadequately. In view of the fact
that little end-of-^pipe treatabili^ty data exist, and since the few wet
digester reclaim plants still operating will most probably continue to
use local municipal treatment systems indefinitely, it is difficult to
comment meaningfully on the merits of potential, but unproven, end-of-
pipe treatments. |
However, it can be stated positively that the most common and
apparently most appropriate end-of-pipe treatment for wet digestion
process waste water is afforded by publicly owned treatment works.
• . i . • .
Pan /Heater)> Mechanical, and pry Digestion Reclaimed Rubber
Subcateaory * !
Jn-Plant Control :
.In comparison to the wet digester Iprocess, the waste waters from the
dry reclaim process (pan, mechanical, and dry digestion) have lower
flow and are less contaminated. This is due primarily to the absence
of the dewatering liquor. The scope for in-plant waste water controls
is thereby reduced and is limited to the containment of spills and-
leaks, and the effective condensation and decanting of vaporized
process oils and organics. i
i
146;
-------
General Spi-Lls and Leaks j
The flows, characteristics, :and applicable control methods of the
spills and leaks in the dry reclaiming industry are similar to those
found in Subcategories E, F, and G.
The spills originate at heavy equipment, and material handling and
storage areas. The contaminants are characterized by oil and
suspended solids and are prevalent in the scrap cracking, scrap
grinding, product milling, and' oil storage areas.
Successful control techniques include good housekeeping, curbing and
drain blockage to contain Ithe spills, and isolation modifications
which restrict the spread ofj the polluting material and prevent
contact with uncontarninated waters.
3LiE£E Condensates
| ' • ' ' .
The exhaust vapors from the devulcanizer ovens require condensing to
minimize air pollution. This exhaustion-condensation is normally
carried out using a steam-ejector barometric-condenser system.
Although this type of system i£ reliable and economic, the volume of
condensate and cooling water is greater than the volume of condensate
produced by a vacuum pump and noncontact condenser.
Plant I, which operated both wet digester and pan reclaim processes,
decanted the barometric condenser cooling waters plus condensates from
the pan process, recycling both the reclaimed oil and water layers to
the wet digester process. It (is believed that the reclaimed oil
cannot be recycled to the, ; devulcanization step of the pan process
because the quality of the f-eed process oil is more critical in the
pan process. Therefore, for plants with only the pan process, the
oily vapor condensate must be disposed of as a waste. However, the
basic technologies used at Plant I to recycle the components of the
vapor condensates can be applied at plants operating only the pan
process to control the flow and loadings of vapor condensate waste
waters. The barometric-condenser cooling water and condensibles
mixture can be decanted. The top cil layer can be containerized for
disposal and the bottom water layer can be cooled in a noncontact heat
exchanger before it is recycled to the barometric condenser for
cooling water. A portion of the water layer should be slip-streamed
to the plant sewer to blowdown!accumulating organics.
Ejid-of-Pi£e Treatment |
~ ~ ~ " ' I '. • '
The dry reclaiming plants throughout the industry do not generally use
end-of-pipe treatment for their waste waters. A large proportion of
the plants in existence discharge their waste waters to municipal
treatment plants. No treatability data exist for the biological
treatment of pan, mechanical,jor dry digester processes. In fact the
BOD is so low (20 mg/1 typically) that biological treatment is
inappropriate. :
147
-------
It is possible -that separators or holding ponds are used by some
plants to act as a catch-all for iall plant waste waters in order to
trap oils and suspended solids that have bypassed or escaped in in-
plant controls previously described. It is belived that such a catch-
all is not necessary if adequate in-plant control and good
housekeeping are practiced. -
Latex-Based Products Subcateqories
In-giant gontrol
Since Subcategories J and K represents the latex-based industries, the
in-plant controls employed by this industry are designed primarily to
control, handle, and treat Iatex4laden waste waters. In addition,
some individual streams such as jfoam rinse water or dip form-cleaning
water require special control and treatment measures.
general Latex Spills and Leaks ]
j ' . , - - . ' .„,.:,.
Both the latex-dipped goods" (Subcategory J) and the latex foam
^Sufocategory K) industries generate latex-laden waste waters. The
quantity of latex consumed by i the latex foam plant visited is
considerably higher than the latex usage at the average latex-dipped
goods .production facility; generally, the latex shipping, storage, and
.handling procedures are different."
In a dipped goods facility the latex is generally shipped in by tank
car or tank truck and transferred to a storage tank. After
compounding, the latex mixture is usually taken into the dipping areas
in 55-gallon drums. The major spillages and vsshdowns occur at the
storage unloading area and in the latex compounding building. In
addition, the transfer drums require cleaning between latex mixes and
this produces a latex-laden waste water. In the dipped goods plants
that were visited, no treatment of the latex waste waters is carried
out before they mix with the total plant effluent..
: I
In the latex foam plant, the latex-laden waste waters are generated at
the latex concentration, intermediate storage, and curing press areas.
The waste waters from these operations are collected in a separate
drain system and treated by chemical coagulation and clarification.
As part of this overall system^ the areas where the latex spills and
leakages occur are designed t6 restrict_.the spread and further
• contamination by the latex wastes. The coagulation and clarification
system for latex waste water consists of a collection pit which feeds
a batch treatment tank (10,000 gallons). The waste water pH is
adjusted using sulfuric acid and] caustic soda and the solids are
coagulated using alum. The foagulated solids float to the water
surface-where they are skimmed off and screened in a strainer. The
screened water is returned to; the treatment tank and the solids are
146
-------
landf illed. The clarified waste water overflow is discharged to the
plant drain. ; -
Foam Rinse Waters
After curing, latex. foam requires rinsing to remove excess compoundina
and curing agents entrained in the foam matrix. The resulting rinse
*1 U Sie Z±nC <>m°unds
U? S2^ie Z±nC <*>mP°unds a«d the zinc concentration n
o?J?I .^ically 700 mg/1) . A significant reduction In
the volume of this rinse water was achieved at Plant L by employina a
r"nini Process- Thi* is represented schiSSJg i£
11Z' The. zinc-laden rinse water is then treateS
for zi n . n reae
for zinc removal in a continuous chemical precipitation and
clarification system. Precipitation is accomplished byPadjus?"ng ?Se
PH to approximately 12 by thej addition of lime, and by the addition of
a polyelectrolyte. The operation is carried out in a rapid mix tank
a
The mixture then passes to a flocculation tank where thpre
SSfficiSS J? procffses ar^ completed. The tank has mild a.t
sufficient to gently mix, the waste water components but not
sufficiently powerful to break or destroy the desired floe. The
flocculation water then enters the clarifier where the zinc
emJ/lfetf ^ ThVla£if ied e"l»ent ^inc^concentxaKSn
^ } • -S ,^en dfscharged to combine with the total plant
l ?5 zinc sludge is drawn off from the bottom of Se
*hf • f v fil^red on a:vacuum filter. The filtrate is recycled
the mix tank. The filtered sludge is sent to landfill/ The
^Pre«eats the zinc-lime sludge to enhance
°f ^he ?lud?e- Studies are to be made to reclaim
an$ ^^Cycle " t» <** l^ex compounding stage. The
of this approach has yet to be determined.
Form Cleaning Wastes
-
'f • !•-.;••
J S o°St latex dipping facilities, the dip forms require cleaning. In
MS 3Omf> r?A»so +-VIT
-------
type of stubborn rubber deposit is
rinse the acid from the JLi
chromic acid and if SaracteriSe
A satisfactory method of
employed by the industrv i« K v,
S. S -*& rSs% If
hexavalent chromium reduced
t0 °lean this
chro"»ic acid and
Jin?* Watex «*l*cts the
*? hexavalent chromium.
- type of waste water, as
^ ^d and the
then dried on a lude
Treatment
bed?
sludge
effluent is then discharged to
effluent guality is suilable
.
?lariflea Primary
a receiving strJa
°f
•
prior to final discharge to
Some latex dipping plants
treatment systems to treat the '
well. Few plants use activated
that the waste water 16adin<
produce an adequate biomass. Th
pond systems are more applicable
- pond
Tnese systems perform
Jt is considered
BOD, are too low to
lagoon and settling
clarlf ication o the
suitable and is possibly
Plants that are KjJcen?
solis
. and
type °f ^eatment is very
for mos?
the
municipal system. Boh
waters after zinc removal
gallon equali2ation tank.
carbon dioxide to lower the
PH will be higher than 8 because
and
i dlschargi"9 it to a
J 5* WaS ** a"d r±nSe Waste
lSw SJff ed^hrfu5h « 25,000
""I be treated with
.8 Un±tS (the «lginal
of6 Water' after 2inc
H
before it
150
-------
effluent removing the fine carbonate precipitate. The car-foonate
precipitate will include a portion of the residual zinc that has been
carbonated. It is anticipated the filtered effluent will eventually
be discharged to the local; municipal system. This will not occur
until the city plant is expanded/ in a few years' time.
151
-------
-------
SECTION VIII .
-• ! "•••'-..• '
COST, ENERGY, ANJD NONWATER QUALITY ASPECTS
I :
General Molded. Extrudedr and fabricated Rubber Subcateoories
Two fundamental approaches can be applied for the control and
treatment of process waste waters produced by Subcategories E, F, and
G production facilities. ;
The first approach is to combihe process and nonprocess waste waters
and ' to treat the entire plant; effluent, where land is available, on-
site end-of-pipe treatment is practiced at some of the plants,. At
other plants, the total effluent is discharged to the local municipal
treatment facilities. In eithfer case, the reasons for treating or
discharging a combined effluent are as follows:
1. In general molded, ex-truded, and fabricated rubber plants,
in-plant sewers forj process and nonprocess waste waters are
usually combined, thus making combined treatment more
attractive. !
I - •- • - •• , . - - •_ :
2. Process flows are usually small relative to nonprocess flows.
3. The treatment of nonprocess waste waters has received the
bulk of industry's jattention. For example, high suspended
solid loadings contained in blowdown and water treaitment
wastes are a major pollutant in the combined plant effluent
from rubber process ding facilities.
However, end-of-pipe treatment systems also have several
disadvantages: j
te* - " " • "
" -.I- The combined effluent treatment system usually requires oil
removal equipment and/or a holding pond or lagoon system to
separate the oil. Lagooning of the wastes generally requires
considerable land area.
I • -•,--- . - i - - - - . •
2. Because of dilution, the effectiveness of treatment for oil
and solids removal from process waste water is reduced. In
several of the systems observed, oil passed through the
system with low removal efficiency, because its concentration
was below the capabilities of the treatment system employed.
This phenomenon! occtkrs even though the oil loading is
significant, because; of the dilution afforded by nonprocess
waste waters. , .
i'53
-------
! • ' :
The second approach employed is control and treatment of an isolated
^VL^ KUt^d process w*ste watei^- This approach has been followed in
~,,~u,-.-,-,.. Qr wholly-segregated process and nonprocess
i
,
* a?Proach is the reduction, containment, and
of the contaminated process waste waters prior to treatment
The principal advantages for this treatment approach over the end-ofl
pipe treatment of the combined plant effluent are:
1. Higher pollutant {primarily oil and suspended solids) removal
rates. :
2. Smaller treatment units jand land area requirements.
The primary disadvantage of a segregated system" approach is that
separate process and nonprocess sewers are required. This will
necessitate in-plant modifications which, if not carefully planned,
can lead to significant production disruptions.
Evaluation of these alternatives! indicated that control and treatment
of segregated process waste waters is the most effective and generally
applicable treatment approach for this industry. End-of-pipe
treatment of combined waste Waters is not feasible for pollutiS
control because of the ineffectiveness of such systems in removal of
Waste water ontaminants, and the larger land
Incidentally, a viable alternative treatment for waste waters (process
as well as nonprocess) generated by this industry is discharge to 1-he
adequa?f pretL?Sint?reatment "I*'' ^ ^^e is contingent on
i
All costs presented are related to the control, followed by treatment,
?£ segregated process waste water streams. It can be further stated
that this type of treatment approach is considered to be the best
practicable control and treatment technology currently available to
tiri€ IHQUS try •
With proper in-plant control, the j process streams consist of readily
vJ?»™Si? l^ricating and extender oils, and settleable solids?
Volumetric flow rates for process! waste waters are small. Therefore,
AP? *™ !£ treatment applicable from a proven operation basis is an
API-type gravity separator. The performance and efficiency of a
? iinProve^ fcy addition of an filter coalesces
intercePtor (CPI) type of device is also
generally to this industry. The choice between the API or
tero? Wli1 ^?pend °n land availability and the type of waste
water control, handling, and treatment equipment already present at
the plant. Since the cost and treatment effectiveness of the API and
!
154 i
-------
CPI type separators are comparable, the effluent limitations treatment
and costs presented are based on the use of API type separators.
Effluent quality data for Efubcategories E, F, and G are presented in
Tables 20, 21, and 22. The treatment basis includes -isolation of
wastes with curbing, protection of uncontaminated waste streams (such
as cooling water and storm run-off), blocking unnecessary floor
drains, the covering of oil-handling areas to prevent contamination of
storm run-off, and separation of settleable solids and oily material
from the waste water. j
j- *-- •' • ' .• •• •
A more detailed description of the recommended facilities is presented
in the Subcategories E, F, arid G portion of Section IX, and a flow
diagram of a typical system, |used as a basis for costing, is presented
in Figure 10. !
Treatment Cost Data
I
Data collected during the 'plant operations and waste water analysis
visits plus data from Corps 'of Engineers permit applications were
utilized to 'obtain typical plant size and process waste water flows
and raw loadings. The analysis approach and findings are described in
Section V. | ,
As stated previously, Subcategories E, F, and G plant effluents can be
divided into two groups: process and nonprocess waste waters. The
process waste waters consist of mill and curing areas, oily waters,
anti-tack and latex spills ;and leaks, area washdown waters, wet
scrubber discharges, and contaminated storm waters from material and
fuel oil storage and handling areas. The nonprocess waste waters,
which are not the subject of this document, include sanitary,
noncontaminated storm water, and utility waste waters, such as" once
through noncontact cooling water, boiler blowdown, cooling tower blow-
down, and water treatment' wastes. In addition noncontaminated
process-associated waste waters such as extrusion contact cooling
waters, and hydraulic (hose manufacture) and conductivity (cement
dipped electrical gloves) test waters can be included with nonprocess
waste waters, for the scopje of this document, since they should not
require any treatment at all prior to discharge. These waters need
not be mixed with other process waters prior to treatment, and
therefore should not affect the treatability of the waste waters.
j • ; •
The aforementioned data sources indicated that the following flow
adequately described the ; process -waste waters generated by
Subcategories E, F, and G plants:
Typical Plant Size
Product Size Range
kg/day (lb/day) raw materials kg/day (Itj/day) raw materials
Small: 900 (2,000)
Medium: 7,700 (17,000)
Large: 15.40C (34,000)
less than 3,720 (8,200)
3,720:10,430 (8,200-23,000)
greater than 10,430 (23,000)
Process W^ste
Water Flow
L/day (gpd)
14,700 (3,900)
75,800 (20,000)
95,900 (25,300)
155
-------
O O O O O O <
• o o o o o o <
•— o ^f co cr> vo i
O 03 - ... . .
c -3" CO vO Cs* , | c
o |2l 1
c '.
o
o
1_ '
o
*; o o o o o c
C O O O O O' C
E L. |
0 0
C Q. j
c -o *j
0) c in i
£ " " !
•D cn i- ' pg
z « $ • i. a
<" "D c o i in
4J C C 4) Q. O
«OW a >. c
*J — *D.Q.4)X«;<
> C 4^
- < 3
3
=>
•V,
o
v-1
n- >
4J
«
o1
4-*
C
Q)
' 3
4-
H-
3 LU
«^
•\
->
•>
0 0
•3" vo
1 MJ .^-
.00
V
1
• !
§ •€
z *"
£ i
£ 1
004) ?
•f CO in !
•*' ^ •*. >. • t
00 ± ^
> ' °
£ ««
!
c_ 5
< s
: .•"• --^sJ ^
4)
4J
• / w
(0
^
s
ID
, ., . ,01
^ a t
S a) Q)
Q fH M-
« o o .— o) tt~
•o o o . »- o 77
(D LTV O O ° Q
6 ii-
-1 "* — h "S
in 4* ^
*" ij «)
** ^j -1 *
_. U_J (/
;,:. .-,..:• .. ^ : ; ;- . '; 5 • o
'7 :.:•'::/ /••""., : '• " ";•:• "« «: '"" ^
4-> ^
ID J3 S
s s
"D
in 4) J
ft) o ' «
i \ •""
«n o ~
*« D-<£ ^
1 »t *
i c S ^}
^0 ^0 to
3*^ "7\ • *O
** o ^^
2 *J
0 0 in "S
-~- in « i- J3
^ — 1- _« ^
V) CA fA ^
o-o .- ._ "5 53
2 i I * "R ^
>
!
I
"1
:>
)
.1
i
„•>
i
« J3 «- cn cncri
«- «" ^°- o
ti -X) T3 O O 4-> CM
«5> c c ccin
f-2f S" -C^3 ft)
2< « - SJ g §° 2
(D O) D *— i— u_ «-r
-------
1(11
CT
O
"o
U
4)
I—
_
.e
c
o
o
1
o
c
*J
ID
4)
'~
O O O O O O
o o o o o o
O »- CM CM 00
CO » » . . .
*- f-- J- co LA
r^ «— co CM r~-
w 40- >.
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
O rovO CM OO CT>
CO VO CM OO fC
VO «— CO «— \o
•CO- > <,>
in
4-*
in in
•M O
in O
O
O >-
4)
4> 2
O O
c o.
ID C C 4) Q- O
en O ID cj
O ~ cn-D
~ C
4) o 4-* 4) co •— en c
E 1. L. U L. <
4J — Q. D. 4) X 4)
«n IDC04IQ.4)C — .
8) 3 O O O ^-^ UJ .
—
(D
3
0"
*~^
C
4)
3
14-
UJ
: o o
1 o o
i 0 0
i v
1
i
! C
O
1 1 '
. £
; sr
: a)
O O in
O o
; o o £.
i «
i = .' »
i • —
1 -, . Q.
; ~ n
j -° 0)
! ' O
! •» m
l • ai r:
0)
in
ID
3
S
c?
' S «H
« : o o — S
t> i CM 0 — §
O • • i|
^J ^ Q J"*
i 2 •"
: ^S
; ID
; . $
| 4) ib
i ~ w >-
• ' ' to **^
i TJ
1 V) V
in J
! 41 O
« 1 o —
*"^ *- O
CO | Q-'tT
1- i u. .*•
4) i o
? i c en
E i op
S ! +3 "o
•D (DC
• •— r- •
i O U in
»— > ' in 4) l-
;£ . — h- ID
o ! -S w OT "^
0 j -- 4) •§
° — in < m
"~ 0 as co
-^. c/> 4> x >-r--
>" -^ ; «- en cn
iO i^ ° oo-
1^ 1 1 III
CO -* ; CL O O en
*- \ , in •— 4> 4) 3
l2 -£P '<5 o •-•-«£
c
V
1-
V
co
4>
L.
41
4)
4->
in
•Of
tu
in
UJ
CM
0)
157
-------
-
cr
O
"o
f~
U
4)
\-
O
i-
4->
C
o
i.
o
4J
C.
4)
E
4J
re
C
4)
3
»—
U-
o u-
O LU
K
IA
OO
•co-
O ro
CO| CM O
o o
V
re
l_
C 0
O M-
4J 4->
re c
L. «)
s E
Q. 4^
4) re
O cn in 4)
IA CO 1-
o
re
»- in
cn 4)
•- • , 4)
— L.
D_ o
< 4)
O
JO 4J
P C
T3 S 4)
4) U ' «-
• 4)
4V
in
*
re cn t- <
2C 1- 4)
in T3 C O
4J C C 4) 0-
in o re
O •— Cn ^
in <-j 4-1 01 c c
CM 4J re c •— re
4J yi _ .— ._ T3
c o re o 4-> 3 >.
4) O 4J 4) (D .— en
E .— I- l_ U 1-
4J — D. O. 4) X 4)
in re O O ' — LU
> C
c c
— «!
s
re
C£
3 03 V
O 41 ««-
in o O — iH u-
-D o oo — - «
re cn co o o o
O « • M- CJ
— 1 O O ' 4J
in L* to
L. Q)
4) 4J) in
-•'•••-••• ID ^n in
3 *i i O
o
4) re.
4-J 4~l
in >. c
re jb 4>
3 E
T3 4J
in 4) re
in 3 4>
4) O >-
0 — (-
in o —
— L. o i-
ro Q->*- 4)
. ••• • - 4-*
*- •*- «a: ID
ft) o 3
4-* >* ;
re ' c cn 41
E o O 4J
3 Z o ' re
re re c ; 3
L. _ _c
O O in TT
M . — . in 4) 1- 4)
in ja •— t— to 4J
4-> — — (D
in in in in •— 6
0 0 -D — — 0 •-
O O •— 4) "^ 4J
O « — in <£ CD in
•— *— O re ro LU
J_)
CO
1— (
cu
o
>-
J_,
o
(U
4J
ed
o
jO
3
tn
re ~-^ co4) >->-r-.
3 in jo t- • • 01 cncr\
C 1-— T3CJ OO«—
C 4) ^ 4J — — ' CM
"DT3 OO4J CM
4> en c c c c in
— E-* 4)re -CjT3 4)
re re-i; a. oucn •—
4J L.-^ uv.— 4)4)3 JO
O-recn 3— h- t— < re
t— O--^ COO •— CM 1—
158
-------
I
1
r Control 1
£
4->
c
1
n
fi
.0 00 0 0
|o o o o o
<[o ts ** tn ro^
o^ t»- ** «— i ^
'
1
0 4J
°. §
in r-t
N. s
1
6
£
1
1
i
1
* 1
o
1
1
1
o
to ro
•Q O
Q O
]
CO
I
1
5
&
to
3
o
o
1
C3
t
"8
Q
CO
CM
159
-------
o
"*
H
1
in
4>
+J
•— •—
— C
o
ID
IL.
01
3
I—
U
o>
c
c
•D
C
ID
01
L.
1— Q
O
E CO
L-
M—
I/I
Ol
4-1
5 ,
o>
4-1
in
in
in
01
0
O
!_•
D- 0
O
15 °
4-1
"ro
0'
c
0)
J—
n_
LU
K—
ID
C-
tT 2
o
T3 —
C 0.
ro
in
"D
8
(1)
4-J
t/i
5
1
-Q
O ID
O —
O t-
• O)
\ BJ
-0 £
_~
— 2
ID
• t.
Ol
i?
.a
O ID
CO •—
o «-
^ s
-Q E
*~" 3
». ID
Ol
-* M-
•X. O
O)
•— ^
-Q
^_
O ID
O —
O L.
• O
I— 4->
ID
0) 3
•" ro
*
om-
^ o
•N.
J
4->
c
0)
3
14-
LU
1
4J
c
O)
IT
<<-
iii
1
.j
c
Ol
3
*4_
LU
2
or
in
a>
4J
^~
o
ID
U.
01
l_
t—
g
z
COtA;\OCO t^OOrocNJ
§&:€§ g^A^^^r
00:00 ooooo1
1
1
1
1
"SiO'E;00 I^-OOCO'CM
J-r^.eno cMLAvovor--
CMOiCMO OvOcMi—i—
OOOO OC3OOO
'.
:
\
j
-4; co , j- t^ •- CM o
-T«— i-vo «— r-»ocM^-
i- C3!< 0 0 LAO i-vO
O O ;. Z O OOOOCM
i
|
c^J ro . ^f t^*. ' «— ^^ ^3
CO *— ; • ^) *— t*^ O C*J *^
oo Oi< o o trvo invo
•O x O j Z O OOOOCM
i
!
|
>O , CO VO LA
<"*;*cn J- • -CM •
. "*. ! "*. 1 <=<<00<
°Z|20 0 Z Z 0 Z*
j
„ **^i \O O^
C\ •?!" ' —I" ^"^ **^ * * ^^ *
*- = ;ZO 022CM2
j , -*-..-•• -.. .'* . .. . ,- •••. . - '
....
• j - •
!
*-^ i
^ ? [ — — ^"H VO -^
•JR 2? ' ^ r^pd-^^cM
O -C- i . N «- oo r^ in ovo
™ ^° ',.;', »-I^LACOI^
1 ^^ ^^ • -if
1 - . -
j
i
i . w
1 a)
! ^ - 4-1
' •—
i O
1 T— <0
^ OQ iO Q U_ UJ U_ CD 1C ^
i •
f
*O
-D
C
ID
in
"o
in
01
-a
c
8.
in
in
01
4-1
01
U
Ol
i
•*
in
O
ID
ID
a.
01
in
_
•w
O
u-
0
flj
i—
en
5
-
•o
Ol
c «
^ —
Ol ID
01 ~
T3 ID
"O ID
ID
0 4->
— O
Ol
4-" ID
in 4-1
•3.5
3
ID
a:
-------
From these typical flow values for Subcategories E, F, and G
facilities, treatment cost data were generated and are presented in
Tables 20, 21, 22, and 23, as well as the estimated raw oil and
suspended . solids loadings of the process wastes associated with the
three typical plant sizes. The cited costs for all sizes of
Subcategories E, F, and G production facilities are based on the cases
where no treatment facilities that could be modified yet exist, and no
reduction or isolation measures for the containment of contaminated
process waste waters have been taken. These cases were chosen since
the design considerations (i.e., the influent raw waste loads) were
selected to represent the expected raw waste load within each
subcategory. This results in thfe generation of cost data which should
be conservative when applied tb most of the plants in this industry.
Relatively conservative cost figures are preferred for this type of
general economic analysis, j ~ • gp
| •'••"•" : fe
The total annual costs for the BPCTCA and BATEA control and treatment m
technologies can be expressed as; incremental costs .per unit of pro-
duction or raw material consumption. Study of the cost data for the j
three typical plant sizes indicates that the BPCTCA and BATEA . t
treatment costs per unit j of raw material consumption are
approximately: ;
Typical Plant Size Annual ^Treatment Cost Incremental Treatment Cost
kg/day Xlb/day) raw material . August 1373 jdoliars cents/kg U/lb) raw material
1 ' Small: 900 (2,000) 38,700! 14.3 (6.5)
!, ; Medium: 7,700(17,000) 75,300 3'M1'!(
I Large: 15,400 (34,000) 95,900 2.1 (0.9)
i
i
| The above incremental costs are jbased on a 300 working-day year; that
i is, 50 working weeks per year and six (6) operating days each week.
. . ^ . . _ .
It can be seen that the incremental treatment costs to the small- and
medium-sized plants are extremely high. compared to the cost of
rubber raw material (approximately 30 to 50 cents per pound), the
treatment costs appear to be ; a burden on the . small plants in
particular. This analysis underlines clearly the cost benefits to be
derived by complete elimination of process waste waters by good
housekeeping and closed spill; and leak containment facilities or by
utilization of the local municipal treatment system. In addition, the
elimination of direct discharge ,of process waters to navigable waters
will eliminate the expense c|f waste water analyses and permit
reporting. j
i --.r-
-------
The capital costs were generated on a unit process basis, with the
following "percent add on" figures!applied to the total unit process
costs in order to develop the total installed capital cost
requirements: i .
Item !
Electrical i
Piping [
Instrumentation I
Site Work I
Engineering Design and Construction •
Supervision Fees . j
Construction Contingency j
Percent of Unit process Capital Costs
Small Plants Medium and Large Plants
15
20
15
10
10
15
12
15
8
5
10
15
i
III
Some of the "percent add on" costs are higher in the case of the
small, Subcategories E, F, and G plapts than the equivalent values for
the medium and large plants since these costs are disproportionately
higher (in terms of a percentage of the unit process cost) in the case
of small plants. i
Since land costs vary appreciably between plant locations, it was
decided to exclude land cost from the total capital cost estimates.
Land costs must be added on an individual case basis.
Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:
Cost Allocation
i -
10 percent of investment
i
"5-year straight line with zero
salvage value
j
Includes labor and supervision,
chemicals, sludge hauling and dis-
posals, insurance and taxes
(computed at 1.6 percent of the
total capital costs), and main-
tenance (3.2 percent of the total
capital cost)
Based on $0.015 kw-hr for electri-
cal power
Capitalization
Depreciation
Operations and Maintenance
Power
The short-term capitalization and depreciation write-r-of f period is
what is currently acceptable under c|urrent Internal Revenue Service
Regulations pertaining ^to pollution control equipment. Economic
162 i
-------
analysis indicates other allowable methods of depreciation write-off
are more advantageous. The annual costs presented in this document
have therefore been overstated. The document. Economic Analysis of
Effluent Guidelines The Rubber Processing Industry (Phase II) ,
contains revxsed annual costs, reflecting optimum depreciation write-
off. : . . . .. •'
All costs, capital and operating, were computed in terms of August
11973 dollars, which correspond to an Engineering News Record Index
([ENRJ value of 1920. i .
i - " : . ' •. , "
Energy Requirements - j
Energy input is related solely -to the need for electric pumps to pump
process waste waters from the j plant areas through the treatment
system. The additional power requirements for control and treatment
systems are small and deemed minor in comparison with the power usages
of rubber processing machinery .and equipment common* to the industry.
The power requirements for waste water control and treatment are
estimated to be; !
i ... , • .. . • .
~ — Typical Plant ..Size - __ Treatment Equipment Power Requirements
kg/day (Ib/day) raw material j horsepower - --
Small: 900 <2,000) • 6
Medium: 7,700 (17,000) ! 8
Large: 15,400 (34,000) | 12
Electrical costs, as presented in Tables 20, 21, and 22, are estimated
at $0.015 per kilowatt hour which is equivalent to $98 per horsepower-
Nonwater Quality Aspects i
— w_ - i
The primary nonwater quality aspect deriving from use of a separator
is the need for disposal of oil and solids. Additional solid waste
results from the use of a nonregenerative type filter coalescer.
Disposal of process solid waste, such as waste rubber or rejected
products, is a problem confronting the industry as a whole.
Additional solid waste results from the drumming of waste liquid, such
as latex solutions, for off-site i disposal. Many manufacturing plants,
particularly in the northern states, are finding it difficult to
locate and arrange for service at satisfactory landfill sites.
Fortunately, the additional solid waste generated by the proposed
treatment technology is very small relative to the normal solid waste
generated by the production facility 'and is considered insignificant.
| • .••-..•
Land requirements for the treatment system are small; nevertheless,
certain facilities located in highly congested urban areas will find
163
-------
I ...
it difficult to allocate space for even this minimal treatment
facility. These plants may t»e forced to turn to other treatment
methods or to approach zero discharge to navigable waters by advanced
housekeeping and control techniques. •
• • I' - • • -•••"'-
For those waste materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice for disposal, practices similar to proper
sanitary landfill technology flay be followed. The principles set
forth in the EPA«s Land Disposal ,6f Solid Wastes Guidelines (CFR Title
40, chapter 1; Part 211) may be used as guidance for acceptable land
disposal techniques. ]
i
For those waste materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions. In 'order to ensure long-term protection
of public health and the environment, special preparation and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal, if land disposal is
to be practiced, these sites .must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226 t!o either ground or surface water.
Sites should be selected that: have natural soil and geological
conditions to prevent such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means (e.g., liners) must be provided to ensure
long-term protection of the environment from hazardous materials.
Where.appropriate, the-location of solid hazardous materials disposal
sites should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the site is located.
Lead-Sheathed Hoge Plants ;
For plants producing hose via lead-sheath processes, control of lead
is required. Treatment for lead should begin with the segregation of
lead cooling waters and vulcanizer condensate. Treatment for lead can
be accomplished by pre-coat filtration which industry has stated would
cost $90,000 for a 28,750 Ib/day £lant. Other control technologies
appear to be also reasonable. Recycle of lead-laden waters using a
cooling tower, and treatment of a' concentrated blowdown stream may be
more advantageous. This would reduce water costs and result in a
smaller more concentrated stream jto treat.
Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Sufacateaorv
The rubber reclaiming industry is; presently undergoing a decline in
both the number of operating ! plants and the quantity of reclaimed
rubber produced. The wet digester reclaiming process has borne the
brunt of this decline, and it must be assumed that the financial
resources of wet digester reclaim1 plants and their ability to shoulder
further operating costs such as: waste water treatment costs are
limited. in view of this and since all of the existing wet digester
plants discharge their waste waters directly or are connected to the
local publicly owned sewage treatment works, it is not possible to
propose an end-of-pipe treatment technology which has been proven to
164
-------
be operable and successful While in service, as well as economically
Kracticable. ."!'..
I ... . - , . - ; . „
With this in mind, attention has been duly given to in-plant
modifications to the wet digestion process which have been implemented
and proven successful in at least one plant. Such modifications,
while reducing waste water pollution and end-of-pipe treatment needs,
also have the potential] to reduce raw material wastage and
consumption. However, based !on the preliminary findings of this
guideline study, it cannot be said that the yearly reductions in
process operating costs afforded by the in-plant modifications will
offset the annual operating and maintenance costs directly
attributable to the modifications. Such benefits can be assessed only
by personnel intimately familiar with the wet digestion process and
the economics of is operation.
The principal waste water streams in a wet digestion relaim plant are
the dewatering liquor and -the vapor condensates from the blowdown tank
and dryer. The type of treatment proposed for Subcategories E, F, G,
and I, namely, the isolationi of wastes loaded with oil and suspended
solids followed by oil and solids removal, is not appropriate as
BPCTCA control and treatment for Subcategory H since the costs
benefits are not favorable. This argument is particularly valid when
the minimal benefits to be achieved by this type of alterations are
compared to the greater pollution reduction that can be attained by
the application of the recommended recycle. It should be remembered
at this point that the wet : digester process .is only marginally
profitable and, at -present,; cannot bear large waste water treatment
costs. In addition, most wet .digester plants discharge to municipal
systems and will be subject to pretreatment guidelines.
A fundamental change that can be made to the wet digestion reclaiming
process is the conversion fron\ chemical defibering to mechanical de-
fibering. With chemical defibering, defibering,chemicals are added to
the digestion mix. The fibe;rs are solubilized in the digestion step
and leave the process system in the dewatering liquor which is dis-
charged. The defibering chemicals, which can be of a toxic nature,
are an additional constituent of the dewatering liquor. In the
mechanical -defibering variation, the scrap rubber is finely ground
prior to digestion. The freed! fiber is then elutriated from the
rubber scrap on air separation tables.
I ; ' - •
With mechanical def ibering the dewatering liquor is free of high
levels of solubilized fiber as well as the chemical defibering agents
themselves. costs incurred .by a conversion from chemical to
mechanical defibering have not been fully developed for this document
since the required technology for the conversion is specific to the
reclaiming industry and outside the scope and technology boundaries of
the guideline study. However,; the costs associated with a recent
conversion from chemical defibering to mechanical fiber separation
165
-------
chemical,
digestion
plant from
of the process waste
In eSIence ?^ ^ ^re°rle 8ystem to tte
^
wet digestion process. In eSIence
recycled back to the digestif
contaminants and a make-up of the io .
the vapor conden sates Irom ?he q°'
recover the insoluble oils
recycled to the digestion
8ystem to
can be
of accumulating
At the 8ame ^
are decanted to
&nd "K* «r« .
for this system to
be fiber-free in order
in order
treatment costs.
schematic flow diagram of
a basis for capita! and
treatment Cost Data
f°ntro1 an<3
riaim
in
X. A
and is
kilograms (110,000 poun
generated by the deSaterina
estimated to be app?oSmatelv
from plant visit data Y
.
±S rated at 54'000
, * • Pfocess waste water flow
nnS \ .^ondenser discharges was
<00(> liters per day (104,000 gpd)
applied to nOEt of the p!an
166
-------
Investment
Control Technology
§126,000
1
Annual Costs
Capital Costs
• Depreciation
Operating and Maintenance Costs
(excluding energy and power costs)
Energy and Power Costs
Total Annual Costs
12,600
25,200
19,300
fr.700"
$ 61,800
Parameters
kg/kkg(1b/1000 Ib)
of product
COD
SS
Oil
Raw Waste
Loads !
9.75 '
i
' 256.10 i
I
27.29 !
Effluent Quality
6.11
2.31
0.58
1The control technology includes recycle |of dewatering liquor and decan-
tation of vapor condensates followed by recycle of the oils and water
underflow. ,...._...
Table 24 - Estimated Waste Water Control Costs for a Wet Digestion
Reclaim Plant (Subcategory H) i
I • • :.-'••
167
-------
i Percent of Unit
-•--ff . ; Process Capital Cost
! - - ,.•','•
Electrical I IR
Piping | ™
Instrumentation i ,c
Site Work | JJ
Engineering Design and j
Supervision Construction V0"
Construction Contingency i 15
.
Annual costs were computed using th|e following cost basis:
—~ j .... Cost Allocation
Capitalization 10 percent of investment
Depreciation 5.^ straight line WJLth zerQ
salvage value.
Operations and Maintenance Includes labor and supervision, '
chemicals, sludge hauling and dis
posajls, insurance and taxes
(computed at 1.6 percent of the
totaiL capital costs) , and main-
tenance (3.2 percent of the total
capital cost)
168 i
i
-------
Power
Based on $0.015/kw-hr
-The short-term capitalization and depreciation write-off period is
what is currently acceptable tinder current Internal Revenue Service
Regulations pertaining to industrial pollution control equipment.
Economic analysis indicates other allowable methods of depreciation
write-off are more advantageous. The annual costs presented in this
document have therefore been overstated. The document. Economic
Analysis of Effluent Guidelines The Rubber Processing Industry (Phase
II), contains revised annual costs, reflecting optimum depreciation
*"
All costs were computed in terms of August 1973 dollars which
correspond to an Engineering News Record Index (ENR) value of 1920.
Energy Requirements i
The waste water control and recycle system requires electrical enerov
for the operation of pumps and mixers. The power needs of the
equipment are modest and approximate HB horsepower.
Honwater Quality. Aspects " \
There are few nonwater quality aspects to be considered with this con-
™2ia ^eC?n0i0FC: -In order t° employ the proposed technology,
mechanical defibering is used. As a result the separated fibers are
removed from the system as a ; solid waste, and dry air pollution
controljlevices are required to remove fine fibrous emissions from the
air. The costs associated with disposing of the fibrous solid waste
are deemed minor in comparison with the treatment costs required to
remove the fibrous material from the dewatering liquor in cases where
chemical defibering is practiced.
Periodically it will be necessary to remove accumulated solids from
the dewatering liquor storage tank. It is estimated that these solids
will amount to less than 15 cubic meters (20 cubic yards) annually.
For those waste materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice for disposal, practices similar to proper
sanitary landfill technology! may be followed. The principles set
forth in the EPA's Land Disposal of Solid Wastes Guidelines (CFR Title
1*0, Chapter 1; Part 2U1) may be used as guidance for acceptable land
disposal techniques. ;
For those waste materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions. In order to ensure long-term protection
of public health and the , environment, special preparation and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal. If land disposal is
to be practiced, these sites must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226 to either ground or surface water
I
169
-------
Sites Should be selected that have natural soil and geological
conditions to prevent such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exis.t, artificial means (e.g., liners) must be provided to ensure
long-term protection of the environment from hazardous materials.
Where appropriate, the location of solid hazardous materials disposal
sites should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the site is located.
Pan. iHeaterlt Mechanicalj, ancl Dry Digestion Rubber Reclaiming
The extent of the waste water problems and treatment types for all dry
reclaiming.processes can best be represented by those of the pan, or
heater, reclaim process. |
The waste water types are essentially similar to those produced by
Subcategories E, F, and G plants with the additional contribution of
the oven vapor condensates. The majority of the process wastes are
created by spills and leaks in the cracking, grinding, and milling
buildings as well as around material and fuel oil storage areas. The
contaminants are principally oil and suspended solids. The vapor
condensates contain orgahics Vaporized from the rubber mix in the
depolymerization oven. i
The control and treatment approach proposed for this subcategory is
isolation of the process waste waters preventing dilution of the
contaminants and a decrease in their treatability. As for
Subcategories E, F, and G wastes,,, the key to this type of control and
treatment is the reduction and collection of the contaminated process
waste waters prior to treatment! for oil and suspended solids removal
in an API-type separator. The separable organics in the
depolymerization oven condensates can also be separated in the
separator. !
]'~ '!.' "-.' ' -. ''-" "" " - - ' • - • ™ »' » .• *•• •?,' ' . • '" ln
The anticipated effluent quality ^achieved by the proposed treatment is
presented in Table 25 together with the associated cost data. In ad-
dition, a detailed description of the recommended technology is given
in Section IX. Figure 10 is a schematic flow diagram of the reguired
control and treatment facilities and is the basis for the indicated
cost estimates. !
Treatment Cost Data " !
The dry reclaiming industry was reviewed to determine an average or
typical size for a pan process reclaiming plant. The selected size is
59,000 kilograms (130,000 pounds) ; per day of reclaimed rubber, and the
corresponding process waste water flow rate is 283,000 liters (75,000
gallons) per day. The design flow rate was supported by the plernt
data obtained at the reclaiming plant visited.
-------
5 -'^
> o
cr o
O O
o m t-C
JC CM
O
SCM
•co-
t-
-'
Investment2
Annual Costs
Cantt-al Tncf-c
o o o o o
O O O o O
r^. jt CM CM r-
r-Tinco ,-T oT
CM in CM ,-1
*5- >.
B
"*"
, £
'00* .- • ^_
. z °
h, in
i en Q
4)
g; a
! < 41
O
>~
'!."-"- " • •- ii' ' ' c
! . ' • . T? Ji 1)
4)
4>>
W
(D T
. 3
-
v S -
<£
i * m «
m CM co rE Ol S"
O CTl O~v — «~J
§-:-*. £§ o
J o o o ^
i !? M •
j « S
i .(.,,• . • 41 <0
in
4-1
m in
4J 0
in o
n
*" 4J
in >. c
n J3 0)
S ^ E
' in 4) ffl
•n 5 S
00 L.
8= •-•
i >- O i.
0 U ' CLU- 4) .
4) ' . 4-1
4) 5 «*r < ro
O O *J ° ^ S -
CO. 0 ' ^ fc
aj in -5 ; g S1 «
C-D4J' -D °° *•* :
4) c in X ~ ~ ->-^
S^&; § i^ J -g « I?1 ? ~
L^S; S i; < sw | -g go- cQ
S«£ '5 §| 1 S III
2 ^ |l i ^-J , .g
S
t
o
t>c
41
4-1
^J
O
JZ
y
w
1
4-fj
cl
rol
1
El
ml
u
S
a
u
c
ID
C.
U
1)
c
u
0
p
-1
n
i
171
-------
The cited costs are based oh the leases where no treatment facilities
that could be modified yet exist,! and no reduction or isolation
measures for the containment of contaminated process waste waters have
been taken. The design considerations (i.e., the influent raw waste
loads) were selected to represent the expected raw waste load. This
results in the generation of cost data which should be conservative
when applied to most of the plants in this subcategory. Relatively
conservative cost figures are preferred for this type of general
economic analysis. i.
The capital costs were generated on a unit process basis, with the
following "percent add on" figures applied to the total unit process
costs in order to develop the j total installed capital cost
requirements: !
Percent of Unit
Process Capital Cost
Electrical ; 12
Piping | .15
Instrumentation | 8
Site Work j 5
Engineering Design and j
Construction Supervision1 Fees 10
Construction contingency i 15 "
Since land costs vary appreciably between plant locations, it was
decided to exclude land cost from tjhe total capital cost estimates,.
Land cost must be added on an individual case basis.
Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis.
Item
Capitalization
Depreciation
Operations and Maintenance .
Power
' . Cost Allocation
i
10- percent of investment.
5-yejar straight line with zero
salvage value.
Includes labor and supervision,
chemicals, sludge hauling and dis-
posals, insurance and taxes
(computed at 1.6 percent of the
total capital costs), and main-
tenance (3.2 percent of the total
capi-tal cost)
i
Based on $0.015 kw-hr for electri-
cal power.
172
-------
The short-term capitalization • and depreciation write-off" period is
what is currently acceptable under current internal -Revenue Service
Regulations pertaining to pollution control equipment. Economic
analysis indicates other allowable methods of depreciation write-off •
are more advantageous. " The annual costs presented in this document
have.therefore been overstated. | The document. Economic Analysis of
Effluent Guidelines The Rubber Processing Industry (Phase II),
contains revised annual costs, Reflecting optimum depreciation write-
off . . | ' , . . •
! , • '
All costs were computed in terms of August 1973 dollars, which
correspond to an Engineering Hews Record Index (ENR) value of 1920.
i -.-.-• , .'
Energy Requirements j
The consumption of power and energy by the control and treatment
system is minor and is limited !to electrically operated pumps to pump
process waste waters from the point sources within the plant through
the treatment system. The total power needs of the facilities are
approximately 12 horsepower. |
Nonwater Quality Aspects !
The primary nonwater quality effect created by the use of the proposed
facilities is the need for disposal cf oil and suspended solids
collected in the separator. The total volume of wastes requiring
disposal is estimated to be 172 ;cubic meters (230 cubic yards) per
year which includes spent coalegcer filters.
; i
For those waste materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice for disposal, practices similar to proper
sanitary landfill technology may be followed. The principles set
forth in the EPA's Land Disposal of Solid Wastes Guidelines (CFR Title
QO, Chapter 1; Part 241) may be used as guidance for acceptable land
disposal techniques. i
For those waste materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions. In order to ensure long-term protection
of public health and the environment, special preparation and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal. If land disposal .is
to be practiced, these sites must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226 ito either ground or surface water.
Sites should be selected that have natural soil and geological
conditions to prevent such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means (e.g., liners) must be provided to ensure
long-term protection of the |environment from hazardous materials.
Where appropriate, the location'of solid hazardous materials disposal
sites should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the :site is located.
' '
173
-------
subcategories J and K — Latex-Based Products
.'!''.
The latex-based products can | be effectively separated into two
subcategories. The first subclategory (Subcategory J) includes latex
dipping, latex thread, and products manufactured in porous molds. The
Subcategory K subcategory consists of latex foam manufacture. Since
the required treatment is different for the two subcategories,
separate discussions of the cost data are presented,
Subcategorv J
i
Only one level of control and treatment has been considered in the
evaluation of treatment effectiveness versus cost data. This
recommended treatment includes: chemical coagulation and primary
clarification of latex-laden wastes followed by biological oxidation.
The biological treatment costi data have been based on an aerated
lagoon and settling pond system. | The reason for this selection is
that the BOD concentration in, the process waste waters is typically
too low to support an activated sludge type biomass. Since the
process wastes can be separated from the utility waste waters, the
proposed treatment system" is limited to the treatment of the process
wastes. '
I
Treatment Cost Data
A profile was made of the latex dipping industry to determine the
typical size of a production facility. The average, or typical, plant
has a daily consumption of 2,100! kilograms (4,700 pounds) of latex
sol.ids. The associated process waste water flow, derived from pJant
visit data, is 153,000 liters (40,000 gallons) per day.
|
The model treatment plant, consisting of chemical coagulation, clari-
fication, and bio-oxidation is illustrated in Figure 11, This plant,
equivalent to BPCTCA, is described more fully in Section IX.
HI
The cited costs are based on the
that could be modified yet
measures for the containment of
been taken. The treatment design
correspond to the expected raw
cost figures are preferred for this
cases where no treatment facilities
exist, and no reduction or isolation
contaminated process waste waters have
s upon which the cost data are based
waste load. Relatively conservative
type of general economic analysis.
The capital costs were generated
following "percent add on"
costs in order to develop
requirements:
figures
the
on
a unit process basis, with the
applied to the total unit process
total installed capital cost
174
-------
I
LU
fc
«o ac oo
LU>-
o-o:
D-CD
a co
z:=>
LU to
•to
OU.
0.0
Ul
a:
175
-------
i Percent of unit
It: em Process Capital Cost;
Electrical 20
Piping ! 15
Instrumentation i 8
Site Work I 5
Engineering Design and !
Supervision Construction 10
Construction Contingency 15
Jrea*ment costs incurred by |the associated technology can be rep-
resented in terms of incremental costs per unit of production
* ,J°™ndata J°r a typical latex diPPin* P^nt consSng l,™0
(4,700 pounds) of late* solids per dly indicate that the
kilogram .($0.06?/Ib) of
^
t!
costs vary appreciably between plant locations, it was
r-*n* ^ + ^xcfude landcost froin t"6 tQtal capital cost estimates.
Land costs must be added on an individual case basis. -un«-B.
Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:
—- i - Cost Allocation
Capitalization 10; percent of investment
Depreciation 5-year straight line with zero
v salvage value.
Operations and Maintenance Includes labor and supervision,
chemicals, sludge hauling and dis-
f posals, insurance and taxes
(computed at 1.6 percent of the
•total capital costs) , and main-
tenance (3.2 percent of the total
capital cost)
Power Based on SO. 015 kw-hr "for electri-
| cal power.
: • i ' >
! : " "."•."" •
The short-term capitalization and depreciation write-off period is
wnat is currently acceptable under current Internal Revenue Service
Regulations pertaining to industrial pollution control equipment.
Economic analysis indicates other iallowable methods of depreciation
write-off are more advantageous. The annual costs presented in this
document have therefore been oyerstated. The document, EcSnomiS
Analysis of Effluent Guidelines The Rubber Processing Industry (Phase
writeoffSlnS revised annual costs, reflecting optimum depreciation
I-
176J
-------
All costs were computed in Iterms of August 1973 dollars, which
correspond to an Engineering News Record Index (ENR) value of 1920.,
•'• _ ,
The total capital and annual costs for the model treatment
technologies are presented for ja typical latex-dipping plant in Tcible
26, together with raw waste load and treated effluent quality.
Energy Beguirements |
~ I •
.The primary clarification arid biological oxidation treatment
technologies require electrical 'energy only for operation of equipment
such as pumps and aerators. The power needs are low and will
approximate 16 horsepower. j
ffonwater Quality Aspects !
I
The principal nonwater aspect iof the proposed technology is the
disposal of the primary coagulated latex solids' and the infrequent
removal of the biological solidsi from the settling pond. Both of
these wastes will' be removed most economically by contract disposal
using a vacuum truck. The annual volumes of these wastes will
approximate: i
Primary Solids: 940 cubic meters (1,250 cu yds)
Biological Solids: 290 cubib meters (390 cu yds)
For those waste materials considered €b be; non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice for disposal, practices similar to proper
sanitary landfill technology may be followed. The principles set
forth in the EPA*s -Land Disposal! of Solid Wastes Guidelines (CFR Title
40, Chapter 1; Part 241) may be used as guidance for acceptable land
disposal techniques. i
For those waste materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions. In! order to ensure long-term protection
of public health and the environment, special preparation and
pretreatment may be required pribr to disposal. If land disposal is
to be practiced, these sites must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226 to either ground or surface water.
Sites should be selected that have natural soil and geological
conditions to prevent such .contamination or, if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means (e.g., liners) must be provided to ensure
long-term protection of the Environment from hazardous materials.
Where appropriate, the location of solid hazardous materials disposal
sites should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the site is located.
!
177
l"
r'
-------
Control and Treatment Technology^
Investment | $236,700
• ' j -. :,- • •-'.,
Annual Costs •
i . •
Capital Costs j 23,700
L- ' —
Depreciation j 47,300
Operating and Maintenance Costs 25,100
(excluding energy and! power costs)
Energy and Power Costs it6op
Total Annual Costs ' $ 96 700
Parameters ', Raw Waste Effluent Quality
kg/kkg(lb/100 Ib) ; Loads ~~
of raw material si
BOD ; 18.2 2.20
Suspended Solids i 10.90 2.90
Oil i 0.90 0.73
I - ' •' .• •
Chromium • j 0.0533 0.0036
The control and treatment!technology includes chemical coagulation,
clarification, biological:oxidation, and secondary clarification,
j . - •
Table 26 - Estimated Waste!Water Control Costs for a Latex Dipped Plant
(Subcategory J)!
i
1 178
i
-------
Subcategory K •
Two levels of control and -treatment have been studied in the
evaluation of treatment cost land effectiveness. The first level of
the proposed technology is chemical coagulation and clarification of
latex-based wastes, as weU as chemical precipitation and
clarification of zinc-laden foam rinse waters. The second technology
level proposed involves biological oxidation of the combined primary
effluents. The biological treatment cost data are based on an
activated sludge treatment system. This type of system was selected
because the BOD loading of j the combined effluent is high
(approximately 400 mg/1) and would be able to support an active mixed
liquor. The treatment cost is | also based on a combined process
effluent which includes the slightly contaminated barometric condenser
flows. This waste stream has been included in the cost evaluation
because the residual zinc concentration after chemical precipitation
requires dilution by the condenser discharge in order to avoid
biological inhibition. i
I .
Treatment £ost Data j
I '
The only significant latex foam 'plant in the United States was used as
a basis for the industry. The plant has a daily consumption of 68,000
kilograms (150,000 pounds) of latex solids; the average process waste
water flow is 1,608,000 liters 025,000 gallons) per day.
i
The model treatment plant, illustrating BPCTCA and BATEA, consists of
chemical coagulation of latex solids, ch,emical precipitation of zinc,
and biological oxidation. (See Figure 12.) This type of plant is
described more fully in Sections' IX and X.
' i
The influent raw waste loads, upon which the treatment designs are
based, represent the raw effluent conditions at the sole D.s. latex
foam plant. This results in the generation of cost data which are the
most appropriate for the subcategory as it is known to exist.
The total capital and annual costs for the model treatment techniques
for the sole latex foam plant are presented in Table 27, together with
the raw waste loads and treated effluent qualities.
The treatment costs for a latex foam production facility can be
expressed as an incremental costj per unit of production. The cost
data for a plant consuming 68,OpO kilograms (150,000 pounds) of latex
*£4d? daily indicate that the BPCTCA and BATEA treatment will cost
SO.015 per kilogram ($0.0068/lb)! of latex consumption.
The capital costs were generated on a unit process basis, with the
following "percent add on" figures applied to the total unit process
costs in order to develop; the total installed capital cost
requirements: • !
179
-------
-------
Investment
Treatment of Control Technology
A i
$348,000 649,000
Annual Costs j
Capital Costs " j
Depreciation j
Operating and Maintenance Costs ;
(excluding energy and power costs) ;
Energy and Power Costs j"
Total Annual Costs2
34,800
69,600
55,300
3.500
$163,200
65,000
129,800
98,400
13.100
$306,300
Parameters
kg/kkg(lb/1000 Ib)
of raw materials
BOD
Suspended Solids
Zinc -
Technology A is chemical
chemical precipitate and
is Technology A followed
2August 1973.
Raw Waste
Loads!
20.44
8.71 '
3.54
i .
i
i
i
I .
coagulation and clarification of
clarif icationjof zinc-laden waste
by biological! oxidation treatment
; | . .
Effluent Quality
A i
9.43 1.*1
1.60 0.94
0.083 0.083
latex waste waters and
waters. Technology B
•
Table 27 - Estimated Waste Water Treatment Costs' at Different Degrees of Treatment
for a Latex Foam Plant (Subcateeorv K)
!
181
-------
Percent of Unit
Process Capital Cost
Electrical j 12
Piping 15
Instrumentation . • ! 8
Site Work ; 3
Engineering Design and ,
Construction Supervisioh
Fees ^ | 10
Construction i
Contingency ' 15
Since land costs vary appreciably i between plant locations, it wets
decided to exclude land cost from the total capital cost estimates.
Land costs must be added on an individual case basis.
Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:
-.£tem_ ! Cost Allocation
Capitalization 10 percent of investment
.Depreciation 5-yearjstraight line with zero
salvage value
Operations & Maintenance Includes labor and supervision, chemicals,
sludge hauling and disposal, insurance
and taxes (computed at 1.6 percent of
the total capital cost), and maintenance
(3,2 percent of the total capital cost)
Power Based on $0.015 kw-hr for electrical power.
The short-term capitalization and jdepreciation write-off period is
what is currently acceptable under current Internal Revenue Service
Regulations pertaining to pollution control equipment. Economic
analysis indicates other allowable methods of depreciation write-off
are more advantageous. The annual costs presented in this document
have therefore been overstated. I The document. Economic Analysis of
Effluent Guidelines The Rubber ; Processing Industry (Phase II),
contains revised annual costs, reflecting optimum depreciation write-
off a ' j .
All costs were computed in terms of August 1973 dollars, which
correspond to an Engineering News Record Index (ENR) value of 1920.
I '' -.".'.:.''
Energy Requirements \ '"•'.'
Energy usage is related to the ne'ed for electric pumps to move waste
waters through the treatment system and ' for several agitator and
182
-------
' ! ' ''•-• ' '
aerator systems. The extra pojwer required for treatment and control
systems is minor and is estimated to be 134 HP.
23onwater Quality Aspects i
i ...''•- .
The main nonwater effect of the model treatment system ie the disposal
of the primary chemical treatment solids wastes and the synthesized
biological solids. The most . feasible ultimate disposal of these
•filtered and stabilized solid wastes is landfill. The annual volumes
of these waters is calculated to! be:
!
Primary Solids: 2,000 cubic meters (1,500 cu yds)
Biological Solids: 800 cubic meters (600 cu yds)
For those waste materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice for disposal, practices similar to proper
sanitary landfill technology 'may be followed. The principles set
forth in the EPA's Land Disposal! of Solid Wastes Guidelines (CFR Title
>tyO, Chapter 1; Part 241) may be used as guidance for acceptable land
disposal techniques. !
For those waste materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions. In order to ensure long-term protection
of public health and the environment, special preparation and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal. If land disposal is
to be practiced, these sites must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226vto either ground or surface water.
Sites should be selected that have natural soil and geological
conditions to prevent such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means (e.g., liners) must be provided to ensure
long-term protection of the environment from hazardous materials.
Where appropriate, the location !of solid hazardous materials disposal
sites should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the site is located.
!-'."•"'•
Detailed Cost Information for All Subcateaories
•*——— . i • . _
Tables 28 through 43 contain detailed cost information used to develop
the total capital and annual icosts for best practicable control
technology currently available :(BPCTCA) and best available technology
economically achievable (BATEA) treatment systems presented and
discussed in Sections VIII, IX and X of this report.
183
-------
!
Daily Raw Material Consumption - 900 kg (2,000 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow -= 14,700 L/day (3,900 gpd)
- . ' j -I.-..
Description of Treatment Facility Estimated Capital Costs
Sewer Segregation ; $ 7,200
Process Sumps and Pumps j 20,900
Process Waste Water Force Main 1,400
Filter \ 2,300
Process Effluent Sewer and Monitoring Station .10,100
Sub-Total i $41,900
Site Work ! 4,200
• Electrical ! 6,300
Piping ! 8,400
Instrumentation j „ 6.300
Sub-Total §67,100
i
Engineering Fees 6,700
Contingency ] 10.200
Total Capital Cost (Investment)2 . . $84.000
. i • . . • , •. •
Includes sealing existing floor drains, installation of new process
drains, and oily waste Water retainment curbing.
2 '! •
Land costs are not included.
' * ' | -'••'..-'
i ' . " . '
Table 28 - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs for a Typical Small-
Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
(Subcategorv EO
I 184
-------
Pally Raw Material Consumption « 7,700 kg (17,000 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 75,800 L/day (20,000 gpd)
Description of Treatment Facility
In-plant Sewer Segregation
In-plant Process Sumps and Pumps
Process Waste Water-Force Main
Outdoor Waste Water Segregation System
Outdoor Process Sumps
Oil Separator
Filter
Process Effluent Sewer and Monitoring
Station
Sub-Total
Site Work
Electrical
Piping
Instrumentation
Sub-Total
Engineering Fees
Contingency
Total Capital Cost (Investment)^
Estimated Capital Costs
$ 13,900
31,300
10,300
6,300
10,000
" 11,100
4,600
10.100
$ 97,600
4,900
11.700
14,600
7.800
$136,600
13,700
20.700
$171.000
1
Includes sealing existing floor drains, Installation of new process
drains, and oily waste water retainment curbing.
Includes roofing, curbing, and process waste water drains.
Land costs are not included. '
Table 29 - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs for a Typical Medium-
Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant'
(Sub category D '.
185
-------
Daily Raw Material Consumption = 15,4oO kg (3^,000 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow = 95,900 L/day (25,300 gpd)
Description of Treatment Facility Estimated Capital Costs
In-plant Sewer Segregation ; $ 22,400
In-plant Process Sumps and Pumps 41,700
Process Waste Water Force Maih 2 17,700
Outdoor Waste Water Segregation System 11,000
Outdoor Process Sumps ' 10,000
Oil Separator ' ' 7,800
Filter • | 6,900
Process Effluent Sewer and Mopitoring Station 10,100
Sub-Total ! .$127,600
Site Work i . 6,^00
Electrical i 15,300
Piping t j 19,000
Instrumentation j 10.100
Sub-Total i $178,^00
Engineering Fees i 17,800
Contingency i 26.800
i • —————
Total Capital Cost (Investment)3 $223.000
Includes sealing existing flpor drains, installation of new process drains
and oily waste water retainment curbing.
2
Includes roofing, curbing, and process waste water drains and sewers.
Land costs are not included.!
Table 3D - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs for a Typical Large-
Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
(Subcategory G)
I . '. • - . . . : . .
;186
-------
Dally Production Capacity - 54i,000 kg (110,000 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow - J392,000 L/day (.104,000 gpd)
Description of Control/Treatment Unit j Estimated Capital Cost
Primary Oil Decant Tank 1 $ 8,800
Waste Oil Pumps j 2*'800
Waste Oil Storage Tank | s',900
Waste Oil Storage Pump ! • 2 800
Waste Water Storage Tank j _ 12*700
Waste Water Tank Mixer ! 14*100
Waste Water Tank Discharge Pump : 4*100
Waste Water Return Pump ! ] \QQ
Monitoring Station j _lo!4oO
Sub-Total ' j $ 63,000
Site Work ! 6f300
Electrical | ... . 9f500
P!Pln9 v : 12,600
Instrumentation ! . -q CQQ
Sub-Total ' j $100,900
Engineering Fees i 10 100
Contingency i .15^000
Total Capital Cost (Investment)1 j $126.000
I
Land costs are not included. I
Tab1e 31 ""PP"* ^.BATEA Treatment Costa for a"Typicd!:ffe
Rubber Reclaiming Plant ~ *r—°
jSubcategorv H) i
187 i
I
-------
- I . . - . ........ . ,••--.,-' • ... •- '
i /, .:„••,•••-• -L-, • •- ,,'•,-:,•
Daily Raw Material Consumption - 59,000 kg (130,000 Ifas.)
! " * '
Estimated Process';Effluent Flow - 283,400 L/day (74,900 gpd)
Description of Treatment Facility Estimated Capital Costs
i
In-plant Sewer Segregation! $ 44,600
In-plant Process Sumps and; Pumps 28,4-00
Process Waste Water Force Main - 22,500
Outdoor Waste Water Segregation System 19,100
Outdoor Process Sumps I 10,000
Oil Separator , 16,500
Filter ' 6,900
Process Effluent Sewer and;Monitoring Station 10,100
Sub-Total ' $158,100
•Site Work ; 7,900
Electrical ; 19,000
-Piping ! . 23,700
Instrumentation ! 12,600
Sub-Total ! $221,300
Engineering Fees i 22,200
Contingency ' 33.500
Total Capital Cost (Investment)3 $277.000
Includes sealing existing!floor drains, installation of new process
drains, and oily waste water retainment curbing.
2 ;
Includes roofing, curbing, and process waste water drains and sewers.
Land costs are not included.
Table 32 - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs for-a Typical Pan.
Dry Digester or Mechanical Reclaim Plant
(Subcategorv I)!
j 188.
-------
Daily Latex Solids Consumption * 2,100 kg (4,700 IbsJ
Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 153,000 L/day (40,000 gpd)
Description of Treatment Unit
Collection Sump and Pumps
pH Adjustment and Coagulant Feed
Mix and Flocculation Tanks
Clarifier
Aerated Lagoon
Aerators
Settling Pond
Monitoring Station
Sub-Total
Site Work
Electrical
Piping
Instrumentation
Sub-Total
Engineering Fees
Contingency
Total Capital Cost (Investment)
Estimated Capital Cost
$ 7,300
14,800
4,700
18,400
27,300
16,600
36,000
10.400
$135,500
6,800
26,300
20,000
10.800
$189,400
is,900
28.400
$236.700
1
Land costs not included.
Table 33 - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs for a Typical Latex
Dipping Production Facility
(Subcategory J)
189
-------
Daily Latex Soljids Consumption « 68,000 kg (150,000 Ibs)
Estimated Process EjffJuent Flow - 1,608,000 L/day (425,000 gpd)
Description of Treatment Unit Estimated Capital Cost
Latex Collection Sump and Pumps $ 5,800
pH Adjustment and Coaguilant Feed 1*200
Latex Coagulation Tanks; 37*500
Zinc Collection Sump and Pumps 7*600
Lime Slurry Tank j 1*600
Zinc Mixer and Flocculator-Clarifier 40*000
Thickener | 41*200
Vacuum Filter and Solids Handling Equipment 48*500
Monitoring Station '].'... 15*000
Sub-Total ! $198,400
Site Work ' a g00
Electrical j ^
Piping 29,900
Instrumentation
Sub-Total | $278,000
Engineering Fees i 28,000
Contingency ] 42.obo
I '
Total Capital Costs^ (Investment) $348.000
1 i
Land costs are not included.
Table 34 - Technology AiCapital Costs for'a Typical Latex Foam Plant
(Subcategorv:K) • "
190
-------
Oafly Latex Soltds Consumption - 68,000
Estimated Process Effluent Flow » 1,608,000
kg (150,000 Ibs)
L/day (425,000 gpd)
Description of Treatment Unit
Equalization Basins
Aeration Basins
Clarlfier
Thickener
Aerobic Digester
Sub-Total
Site Work
Electrical
Piping
Instrumentation
Sub-Total
Engineering Fees
Contingency
Total Capital Costs (investment)1
Estimated Capital Costs
$ 85,700
103,500
100,400
22,400
_ 58.800
$370,800
18,500
44,500
55,600
$519,100
51,900
- 78.000
$649.000
Land costs are not included.
35 " Technology B Capital Costs for W Typical Latex Vc
(Subcategorv K)I
191
-------
• . I. .
Dally Raw Material Consumption - 900 kg (2,000 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow • 14,700 L/day (3,900 gpd)
Description of Cost Itemj
- i -
Absorbent :
i
Sludge Disposal
Labor . - j
Power and Energy j
Maintenance '
•]'•
Insurance and Taxes j
Total Annual Operating and.Maintenance Cost
Annual Cost
$ 800
700
6,300
600
3,400
L.700
$13.500
Table 36 - BPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Maintenance Costs for a Typical
Small-Si zed Molded..Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
''
192
-------
Daily Raw Material Consumption' - 7,700 kg (17,000 Its.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow -| 75,800 L/day (20,000 gpd)
Description of Cost Item i
!
Absorbent i
Sludge Disposal |
!
Labor j
Power and Energy j
Maintenance . j
i
Insurance and Taxes i
i
i
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs
$24.000
Table 37 - BPCTCA and BATEA Operating and! Maintenance Costs for a Typical
Medium-Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant ~
ISubcategory F) ',
193
-------
Dally Raw Material Consumption - 15,400 kg (34,000 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow « 95,900 L/day (25,300 gpd)
Description of Cost Item:
Absorbent j
|
Sludge Disposal ** '
Labor j
Power and Energy j
t \
Maintenance !
i
I .
Insurance and Taxes !
i
i
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Cost
Annual Cost
$ 4,900
3,300
6,300
1,200
8,800
4.500
$29.000
Table 38 - BPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Maintenance Costs for a Typical
Large-Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
194
-------
Daily Production Capacity - 54,000 kg (iio.ooo'lb,.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow - ^2.000 L/day (,*.000 gpd)
Description of Cost
Sludge Disposal
Labor
Power and Energy
MaIntenance
Insurance and Taxes
. i
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Cbst
Annual Cost
$ ^,500
8,800
4,700
4,000
2.000
§24.000
S^fnS^^^&i?ii«,c^.for
195
-------
Dally Raw Mkerlal Consumption - 59,000 kg (130.000 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 283,400 L/day (74,900 gpd)
i .... , . . . . ,
Description of Cost Item
Absorbent !
i -' • •
Sludge Disposal |
Labor i
Power and Energy!
i
Maintenance /">
I
Insurance and Taxes
i
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs
TabIC 40 - PPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Maintenance rn«t* *.„ a
Typical Panf Dry Digester or Mechanical Reclaim Pli^nT"
u ' " '
(Sub category '!)
i • '.
! . j
196
-------
Daily Latex Solids Consumption^ - 2.100 kg (4,700 Ibs.)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 153,000 L/day (40,000 gpd)
. I- ..„.
Description of Cost Itam !
Chemicals |
Sludge Disposal i
Labor j
Power and Energy ;
Maintenance j
Insurance and Taxes . I
Total Annual Operating and MaintenanceiCost
Annual Cost
$ 1,900
3,000
8,800
1,600
7,600
3.800
$26.700
it
Table kl ~ gPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Hainan,..,
Typical Latex Dipping Production FacTTTtj
(Subcatefebtv 'J
197
-------
Daily Lotex Solid^ Consumption - 68,000 kg (150,000 Ibs)
Estimated Process Effluent F,ow = ,,608.000 L/day (425.000 gpd)
i .
Rescript ion of Cost
Chemicals
Sludge Disposal
- Labor
Power and Energy
Maintenance
Insurance and Taxes
Total Annual Operating and ;Malntenance Cost
$58,800
198
-------
- I • .•'• • - • : . '
Daily Latex Solids Consumption j= 68,000 kg (150,000 Ibs)
Estimated Process Effluent Flow = 1;,608,000 L/day (425,000 gpd)
I '
Description of Cost I tern | / Annual Cost
| , . , u -.-.«!! .-!,-,„•,
Sludge Disposal |. § 800
Labor I 11,100
Power and Energy . ; 9,600
Maintenance j 20,800
Insurance and Taxes j 10.A-00
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs $52,700
Table A3 - ^Technology B Operating and Maintenance Cost for a Typical
Latex Foam Production Facility (Subcategory K)
199
-------
-------
SECTION IX
BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
CURRENTLY AVAILABLE - EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
i
General Molded^ Extruded and Fabricated Rubber Subcategories
The best control and treatment technologies currently in iase at
molded, extruded, or fabricated production facilities emphasize in-
plant housekeeping and control measures. In-plant techniques varied
widely from plant to plant. In general, they included the isolation
of potential waste water sources with retainment curbing,, the
elimination of drains in contaminated areas, and the use of sumps to
collect isolated process waste water streams. The model treatment
technology for a typical plant! is a combination of the best features
of the various plants examined. It is similar for all three size
subcategories. i
|
Basically, the technology consists of:
1. Eliminating anti-tack; or latex solution discharge.
2. isolation, control, and treatment of all oily waste
streams. j
A flow diagram of the model treatment system is shown in Figure 10.
Previous experience with the tire and inner tube industry indicates
that zero discharge of anti-tack solutions is widely practiced. Since
this waste water problem is common to Subcategories E, F, and G
facilities, it is considered a> feasible practice for all Subcategories
E, F, and G facilities to attain zero discharge of anti-tack solutions
by adhering to the following procedures:
1. Recycle of anti-tack solution.
2. Installation of curbing around the anti-tack dipping
area. . :
3. Sealing of drains in the dipping area.
U. Reuse of the recircuiating system wash water as make-up
for. fresh an ti-tack solution.
i
The reuse of recircuiating system wash water is the key to zero
discharge of this waste. In emptying the system for cleaning, the
anti-tack solution should be .stored in tanks. The wash water used
should also be collected 'and stored. Once the system is cleaned,
stored anti-tack can then be returned to the system for use in the new
production batch. The collection and stored wash water can then be
reused as make-up water for the anti-tack bath during the normal
production run. ,
•201
-------
Elimination of latex discharges from fabricated products facilities is
achieved by: j •
1. The use of curbing -around latex storage and transfer areas..
2. The sealing of all drains in latex use areas.
3.' The containment of all latex-contaminated waste streams.
It is normal for latex-using facilities to buy latex in bulk and then
store it in drums as needed, for use within the plant. The drums nor-
mally need to be stripped clean of latex after every use. When water
is used, a waste water is generated. This stream has to be
containerized to eliminate discharge of latex. Eowever, it has been
demonstrated that wash waters emanating from this area are eliminated
when plastic drum liners are used. The liners are discarded after
each drum use.
j
Control and treatment of oily waste streams involves segregation,
collection, and treatment of ! these wastes. The wastes to be
segregated include runoff from oil storage and -unloading areas and
leakage and spills in the process; areas, as shown in Figure 10. Press
and mill basins, when present, are included in the process area.
i
To minimize the raw waste load,] all process water should be isolated
from- the nonprocess waste water used in the plant. This can be
achieved by diverting drippings from heavy machinery in the molding
and curing areas to sumps. These, waste flows are intermittent by
nature and, therefore, sizeable flow rates will hardly ever be
obtained without first collecting all wastes in centralized locations.
Waste waters collected in these sumps will be periodically pumped to
an API-type gravity separator,! where the separable oil and solids
fraction is removed. The waste water can be either pumped to the
treatment system or collected in batches and hauled to a treatment or
disposal area. The latter method should be used only when it is shown
to be unfeasible to rip out and install new sewer lines.
In the medium and large plants, separated oil is removed by a belt
skimmer. A decant drum is provided to allow water removed with the
oil to settle out. Concentrated ioil-water mixtures are then removed
from the decant tank, drummed, scaled, and disposed of. Water removed
from the tank is pumped back to the separator. Settled solids
collected in the separator are periodically removed and disposed of.
Additional treatment for oil and suspended solids removal is obtained
by passing the separator effluent through an filter coalescer. In the
small plants, the waste water flow rates and loadings are low. This
allows the waste streams to be pumped directly from the collection
stunps to the filter. Oil and suspended solids which might be
separated in the sump are manually removed. The possibility exists
that a high suspended solids loading may cause clogging of filter
"coalescers. In-plant controls should be capable of yielding
significantly lower suspended solids loadings than HO mg/1, however.
202
-------
Set- S??M-^y ? J * j? W°Uld be a""00". Alternatives do
exist, strict in-plant controls to prevent oil and grease spills and
leaks can result in compliance with the regulation, or an alternative
treatment system such as dissolved air flotation or dispersed ail
flotation can be utilized to omply with the limitations. '
manufacturing j hose via lead-sheathed processes, an
parameter, lead, can be a significant pollutant wiS
•JSSK^U*?* the plant's waste water effluent. Lead enters ^curing
condensate by being scavanged from the lead-sheathing; resulting in I
JhJ ^Sf™? tration of approximately 60 mg/1 within the condense?
The flow rate of condensate is small, approximately 1 gpm, therefor^
gSSSL-'J™**^* involyr Segregation of the condensfte'followel by
treatment. other possible , streams may also contain significant
watSr ?f i-i6^- «. TheSe ?re th€ lead press and «£*» bSTJSSSj
Seated uJSSS Strfams exist they also should be segregated and
treated. Methods of control are pre-coat filtration, and recycle
C° 9 tOW6r
-------
Effluent quality is best expressed in terms of the waste load per unit
Qf raw material consumed and is thereby independent of the flow and
relative size of the plant. Limitations for BPCTCA are as follows:
Effluent Effluent
Characteristic Limitations
| . , • , . ' . . •„..;..
Maximum for j Average of daily
any one day j values for thirty
j consecutive days
i shall not exceed
I ; """~"
(Metric units) fcq/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease 0.70 i 0.25
TSS 1.28 i 0.64
PH Within thfe range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) 'ib/IOOOilb of raw material
Oil and grease 0.70 ' 0.25
Tss 1.28 ! 0.64
PH Within the range 6.0 to 9.0. '
In addition to the above limitationsf discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
i .
Effluent . Affluent
Characteristic Limitations
Maximum for ' Average of daily
any one day j values for thirty
• consecutive days
i . shall not exceed
(Metric units) Kg/kka of raw material
Lead 0.0017 . j 0.0007
(English units) lb/1000 lib of raw material
Lead 0.0017 i 0.0007
For plants utilizing wet scrubbers, an additional allowance for TSS is
as follows: ]
Effluent Effluent
Characteristic : Limitations
i - ", , . , .........
204 I
-------
Maximum for
any one day
!
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
TSS
TSS
(Metric units)
(English units)
kg/kkg of raw material
equivalent
5.8
2.9
Ib/1o6o ib'of raw material
I equivalent
5.8
i
2.9
Only one of the two small plants visited is currently achieving the
standard for oil. Both small plants are achieving the standard for
suspended solids. |
Subcategory F; Medium-Sized Production Facilities
The control and treatment technologies are compatible with the
following thirty day average effluent quality for medium-sized molded,
extruded and fabricated rubber production facilities:
t
Suspended Solids
Oil and Grease
Lead
pH
i
HO mg/1
15 mg/1
0.1 mg/1
6.0 to 9.0
It is expected that the use of an API separator will result in an
effluent oil concentration of approximately 30 mg/1 (possibly higher
concentrations should be damped by secondary oil and grease
treatments). The use of a filter coalescer should further reduce the
effluent oil concentration jto 15 mg/1. Literature on filter
coalescers indicates that 15 mg/1 is readily attainable. A reduction
of suspended solids to 40 mg/1 will result from the use of an API
separator. Additional reduction appears likely after passage through
the filter coalescer.
expressed
Effluent quality is best
of raw material consumed and
relative size of the plant
in terms of the waste load per unit
is thereby independent of the flow and
Limitation for BPCTCA are as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
205
-------
consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kg/kkg of raw material
i. -
Oil and grease 0.42 ! 0.15
TSS 0.80 | 0.40
PH Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/1000 lb of raw material
| - ; - ........ ^ .... ..
Oil and grease 0.42 j 0.15
TSS 0.80 j 0.40
PH Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
i . . '
Effluent I Effluent
Characteristic | Limitations
Maximum for \ Average of daily
any one day j values for thirty
; consecutive days
| shall not exceed
(Metric units) kq/kkor of raw material
Lead 0.0017 i 0.0007
(English units) lb/1000 lb of raw material
Lead 0.0017 j 0.0007
i
For plants utilizing wet scrubbers, an additional allowance for TSS is
as follows: i
Effluent iEffluent
Characteristic j Limitations
Maximum for ; Average of daily
any one day values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) -kg/kkq: of raw material
equivalent
1 /" . *
5.8 i 2.9
1
206'
I
i
-------
(English units) lb/1000 Ib of rawmaterial
TSS
5.8
All the medium-sized plants
standard for both oil and
analysis conducted by the EPA
Subcateggry
equivalent
2.9
visited are currently achieving the
suspended solids (according to saimpling
contractor).
Large-Sized Production Facilities
The control and treatment technologies are compatible with the
following thirty day average effluent quality for large-sized molded,
extruded and fabricated rubber production facilities:
Suspended Solids
Oil and Grease
Lead
PH
40 mg/1
15 mg/1
0.1 mg/1
6.0 to 9.0
Effluent quality is best expressed in terms of the waste load per unit
of raw material consumed and is thereby independent of flow and size
variations within the overall size subcategory. Limitations for
BPCTCA are as follows: !
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kg/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
PH '
0.26 ; 0.093
0.50.i 0.25
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/1000 Ib of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
PH
0.26 j 0.093
0.50 \ 0.25
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
i 207
-------
Effluent [Effluent
Characteristic , idmita tipns
Maximum for j Average of daily
any one day j values for thirty
consecutive days
. - • i shall not exceed
(Metric units) kcr/kkg of raw maters
Lead 0.0017 I 0.0007
(English units) lb/1000 ib of Taw ,.»<.«„.< -,-i
0.0017 j 0.0007
scrubber!s' an additional allowance for TSS is
Effluent ^Effluent
Characteristic limitations
Maximum for : Average of daily
any one day i values for thirty
! consecutive days
. I Shall not exeegfl
(Metric units) kg/kkq tof raw material
- " equivalent
TSS 5.8 • i 2.9
(English units) lb/lP^plib_of_raw_material
equivalent
TSS 5.8 2.9
, .,, , .„„, ,
JJjqestion BeclajLmed Rubber Suhcateaory
identification of Best Practicable Control Technol
Currently Available : |~^ -- -
^vdi^Sti°nvrUbber f6013101^? is a declining industry and currently
only three known plants remain. The wet digestion process is
yaSi°Ut Wl S0me°
oocoht ' the Wet ges r
production being taken up by the dry ^reclaiming processes
208 !
-------
Of the existing wet digestion plants, all except one discharge
contaminated process waste waters to local municipal treatment
systems. The one exception utilizes a waste stream recycle and
reclaim system which appreciably reduces the waste water loadings
prior to direct discharge. This plant is currently undergoing plaiU
to also discharge to a municipal treatment system.
Only minor waste water quality improvements can be achieved by the
good housekeeping and waste control because the greatest proportion of
waste water contamination is generated by the dewater ing- liquor waste
stream and not by spills, leaks, and washdowns.
Limitations for BPCTCA are as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kcr/kka of pro duet
COD
Oil and grease
Tss .
PH
14,7 _ 6
0.40 ! 0
l.OU ! 0.52
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
•
(English units) lb/1000 Ib of
TSS
PH
and grease
O.SO ! 0.1W
1.04 : . 0.52
Within .the range 6.0 to 9.0.
Pan fHeaterl . Mechanical and Dry Digestion
7 Reel aimed Rubber
Identification of Best Practicable Control Technology
Currently Available !
* I ' ' •
Currently, the most common method of treating wastes from Subcategory
I reclaim facilities is to discharge to municipally operated treatment
systems. In-house efforts tc control the pollution-producing aspects
of the facilities have been; directed mainly toward air emission
problems. Water pollution problems have not been considered a major
problem. Therefore, the proposed treatment technology for a typical
Subcategory I reclaim plant is the same as that used in lather
209!
-------
industries having similar waste water problems. It is very similar to
the technologies proposed for Subcategories. E, F, and G.
As before, the technology employed consists basically of:
1» Eliminating anti-tack solution discharge.
2» Segregation, control and treatment of all oily waste.
The flow diagram is the same as presented for Subcategories E, F, and
G and is presented in Figure 10. The anti-tack solution discharges
are eliminated by recycling. Wash;waters are also reused. Oily waste
streams are segregated, collected and treated. Segregation involves
blocking existing drains in contaminated areas and installing
retainment curbing. Once segregated, the waste streams are collected
in sumps. The waste water is treated in an API separator and an
filter coalescer medium. For a detailed discussion of the proposed
system, refer to the related paragraphs dealing with 'Subcategories E,
ff and G. ' .
Effluent Loadings Attainable with the Control Technology
Based on the control technology obtained from reclaim sources and data
obtained from industries having similar waste water problems, the
control and treatment technologies\ are deemed compatible with the
following thirty day average effluent quality for pan (heater), dry
digester or mechanical reclaim facilities.
; •• j
Suspended Solids no mg/1
Oil and Grease i 30 mg/1
PH
6.0 to 9.0
It is expected that the use of an API separator and a filter coalescer
will result in an effluent oil concentration of 30 mg/1. The higher
concentration of oil and grease allowed for rubber reclaiming is due
to the use of light soluble oils utilized in rubber reclaiming.
A reduction cf suspended solids to 40 mg/1 will result from the use of
the API separator. Additional reduction appears likely after passage
through a filter coalescer.
Effluent limitation for BPCTCA, expressed in terms of waste load per
unit of raw material consumed are as follows:
Effluent Effluent
Characteristic Limitations
Maximum .for Average of daily
any one day : values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
210
: . :• ; ; i
-------
(Metric units) kg/kkg of product
Oil and grease 0.40 0.14ft
TSS 0.384 ; 0.192
PH Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/1000 lb of product
Oil and grease '0.40 c
TSS 0.384 o!l92
PH Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
The following COD limitations may apply to pan, dry digestion, and
mechanical reclaimed rubber processes integrated with a wet digestion
Effluent Effluent
Characteristic • Limitations
Maximum for Average of daily
any one day values for thirty
: consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kcr/kka of product
6.7 ' '• 2.8
(English units) lb/1000 jb of product
6.7 2.8
Subcateaories j and K — Latex-Based Products
The principal difference in the :waste water characteristics found at
i^6XZ e* manufacturing facilities and those of the other
subcategories studied in this document, is the presence of substantial
quantities of uncoagulated latex solids in Subcategories J and K waste
waters Subcategory J plants include latex-dipped goods, latex thread,
and products made in porous molds. The one latex foam plant in
existence constitutes Subcategory K. P^HC. in
Subcategory J
All latex-bearing waste waters should be passed through a chemical
—"—- and clarification primary stage of treatment. In this
i .
f£^fs th?,J-a^ef " coagulated to form solid rubber. Treatability
studies will determine whether a "sinker" such as clay is required to
211
-------
weight, down -the coagulated solids or whether their buoyancy will allow
them to be skimmed from the clarifier.
The first unit of this treatment is a rapid mix tank where the waste
water pH is adjusted to facilitate coagulation. The coagulating
chemicals, alum and polyelectrolyte are added to the tank. The tank
contents are vigorously mixed to bring together the coagulating
chemicals- and the latex solids. Waste water then flows to a
flocculation tank where the coagulation process is completed with mild
mixing in order to create a separate solids floe. The mixture of
flocculated solids and waste water passes to the clarifier where the
coagulated solids separate from the waste water. If a "sinker", such
as clay, is required the solids will settle to the bottom of the
clarifier where they can be drawn off, and the clarifier waste stream
will overflow. If, on the other hand, the latex solids float and
separate readily, the coagulated latex will be skimmed from the
surface of the clarifier and the clarified waste water will underflow
from clarifier. i
The most practicable technique for disposing the small quantities of
coagulated latex solids resulting from this treatment is by
contracting . for the transport of the residual wastes to a final
disposal site. In the case of the sinking solids these can be pumped
from the clarifier to a sludge dewatering bed from where they can be
collected periodically by the disposal contractor. For the skimmed
latex solids, the skimming can be first passed to a screen where the
bulk of the water is removed and returned to the treatment system.
The screened solids can then be containerized. .
The clarified waste stream passes from the clarifier into an aerated
lagoon where it is mixed with biological solids. Microorganisms
synthesize new biological solids; from organic matter contained in the
waste water. At the same time, some soluble matter is consumed for
energy purposes using oxygen supplied by the aerators in the lagoon.
The net result is that soluble matter is converted into insoluble
biological solids which can be separated from the waste water thereby
reducing the soluble BOD of the waste water. Treatability studies and
waste water analyses will determine if the nutrient addition, if
necessary, can be made in the rapid mix tank.
The mixture of waste water and biological solids in the aerated lagoon
overflows from the lagoon to a settling pond* where the biological
solids settle out and additional biological stabilization of the waste
water occurs. The settled solids; are removed periodically, say twice
a year, from the pond. The most feasible and practicable method
involves the. employment of a contract haulerfs vacuum truck or
equivalent 'apparatus. The clarified waste water from the settling
pond overflows to an effluent monitoring station, where the waste
water flow, temperature, and .pH are recorded and .an automatic 24-hour
composite sample is collected. , '
212:
-------
A biological treatment system composed of an aerated lagoon and
settling pond is proposed for Subcategory J facilities since the BOD
levels in this waste water are too low to support a good, settleable
biomass in an activated sludge treatment facility. The proposed
treatment is illustrated schematically in Figure 11.
The above description discusses primarily the treatment of latex-laden
wastes. Non-latex waste waters which require only secondary
biological treatment, such as product rinse waters, should be routed
to the aerated lagoon, bypassing the coagulation and clarification
system. This approach will , enhance the treatability of the latex
wastes and reduce the size of coagulation-clarification facilities by
preventing unnecessary dilution.
It should be noted that the latex-laden wastes can be reduced and
potentially eliminated by careful housekeeping and good latex handling
practices. Excessive washdown jand cleaning waters should be avoided
when dealing with latex spills. Latex spills can often be coagulated
in situ, with alum or other coagulants, and removal as a solid mass by
shoveling and scraping. Plastic drum liners can be used to eliminate
pollutants from entering the waste waters during drum cleaning. The
benefits, in treatment costs and effluent quality, created by these
and other techniques are appreciable.
A few latex-dipping operations generate waste waters which require
additional control and treatment techniques. These techniques are not
included in the cost data presented in Section VIII since they are not
representative of the processes: used by the majority of the latex-
based manufacturing facilities.: Form-cleaning wastes, such as chromic
acid-laden rinse waters, should be eliminated by the use of
alternative cleaning techniques believed to be feasible in almost all
cases. If the chromic acid cleaning technique cannot be replaced,
then chromium chemical reduction and precipitation procedures are
required.
SubcateqorY £
The BPCTCA treatment for the latex foam industry is based on the waste
water characteristics and treatment approach of the only existing
latex foam plant. Briefly the model treatment system consists of
chemical coagulation and clarification of latex-bearing waste waters
and chemical precipitation of the zinc-laden rinse waters and
biological treatment.
All latex-laden wastes can be, isolated and sent to a chemical coagu-
lation and clarification system. The system consists of two dual-
purpose coagulation and ' clarification tanks. The tanks are filled,
treated, and settled alternatively in a batch-wise manner. The latex
wastes are first adjusted manually for pH using acid and alkali feed
systems and then-dosed with coagulating chemicals such as alum and
213
-------
polyelectrolyte. The coagulated latex solids are allowed to separate.
Treatability studies will ascertain whether a "sinker"f such as clay,
is required. Floating latex solids can 'be skimmed from the water and
screened. The filtrate water from the screen is returned to the
treatment system, and the screened solids are collected and hauled to a
final disposal site. During the entire coagulation, settling, and
emptying -process the second identical tank is on-line and beinq
filled.
Zinc-laden rinse waters are treated in another system simultaneously
to the latex-laden wastes. The 'zinc wastes are pumped to rapid mix
tank where lime and polyelectrolyte are added under vigorous mixing
conditions. The pH of the waste water is raised and the solublized
zinc is precipitated as insoluble zinc hydroxide. • The precipitation
process is concluded in a flocculation tank where the zinc hydroxide
and lime solids agglomerate under mild agitation." The flocculated f
waste water flows to a clarifier where the zinc sludge settles out. 1
The clarified waste water is discharged with the clarified latex waste I
waters to a neutralization tank where the pH of the combined wastes \
are adjusted to the acceptable range for biological treatment (6.0 to
9.0 units). !
The zinc-lime sludge is pumped to a holding tank prior to dewatering
on a vacuum drum filter. The filtrate is returned to the mix tank and
the filtered sludge is containerized prior to final disposal.
The performance of the latex waste water treatment system can be
improved with good housekeeping a!nd handling procedures as described
for Subcategory J industries. !
Effluent Loadings Attainable with the Control Technology
Subcategory J ,
Based on raw waste load and control and treatment data from
Subcategory J plants, it was determined that the control and treatment
technologies can achieve the following thirty day average effluent
qualities:
BOD 30 mg/1 I
Suspended Solids i 40 mg/1
Oil 15 mg/1
Chromium ; 0.05 mg/1
pH f ' 6.0 to 9.0
The chromium limitation is included to ensure that those plants using'
chromic acid form-cleaning techniques do not discharge, chromium
containing wastes without adequate treatment.
214
-------
The effluent waste loads resulting from the application of treatment
technologies equivalent to chemical coagulation with clarification and
biological treatment, constitute the best practicable control and
treatment standards currently available for SubSategory J. Effluent
limitations for BPCTCA are: *ii.Luent
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum for'
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kg/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease
BOD5
TSS"
pH
2.0 i 0.73
3.72 2.20
6.96 .; 2.90
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/10QO lb of ra«
Oil and grease
BODS
TSS
pH
limitatin
2.0 0.73
3.72 ; 2.20
6.96 ; 2.90
Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
the above limitations, discharges attributable to
cleaning operations are subject to the following
Effluent
Characteristic
Effluent
' Limitations
Maximum for
any one day ',
(Metric units) kg/kkg
Chromium
0.0086
Average of daily
values for thirty
consecutive days
shall not exceed
.of raw material
0.0036
(English units) lb/100!0 lb of raw material
Chromium 0.0086 i . 0.0036
215
-------
Subc ateqory K
HIM
-The raw waste load and control and treatment data obtained from the
only operating latex foam plant indicates that the recommended BPCTCA
control and treatment technologies for latex foam production
facilities are compatible with the following thirty day averciae
effluent quality: y
BOD
Suspended Solids
Zinc
pH
60 mg/1
40 mg/1
3.5 mg/1
6.0 to 9.0
This effluent quality can also be expressed in terms of effluent waste
loads which are independent of waste water flow and dilution. These
effluent waste loads, resulting from the application of treatment
technologies equivalent to chemical treatment and clarification of
both latex and zinc-laden waste waters and biological treatment,
constitute the best practicable control and treatment technology
standards currently available for the latex foam subcategory.
Effluent limitations for BPCTCA are: !
Effluent
Characteristic
Maximum^ for
any one day
Effluent
Limitations
, Average of daily
: values for thirty'
consecutive days •
shall not exceed
(Metric units) kq/kkg of raw material
Zinc 0.058 0.024
BOD5 2.4 ! 1.4
TSS 2.26 : 0.94
PH Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
(English units) lb/1000 ,lb of raw material
Zinc 0.058 ; 0.024
BOD5 .2.4 ; 1.4
TSS 2.26 ' i 0.94
PH Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
Variability Factors : -
For all pollutant parameters the daily maximum is greater than the
monthly average. The ratio of daily maximum to monthly average is the
216
-------
variability factor. Available long-term data on the operation, of the
designed treatment systems (within the rubber and other industries)
were statistically analyzed. Using 2.3 standard deviations,
variability factors were derived for pollutants within each
subcategory.
217
-------
SECTION X
BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE -
EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
General Molded, Extruded. and Fabricated Rubber Sufccategories
Effluent limitations on oil and suspended solids applicable to the
best available technology economically achievable (BATEA) and the best
practicable control technology currently available (BPCTCA) are
identical for general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber
subcategories. BPCTCA treatment reduces the prime pollutants,
suspended solids, oil and grease, and lead to such a level that
further treatment cannot be justified on a technical, cost or benefit
basis. . .
Complete water reuse or elimination of contaminated waste wsiters,
leading to zero discharge, is not universally feasible. Treatment of
the waste water to approach influent-supply water quality in a reuse
or recycle system requires removal of oils, suspended solids, total
dissolved solids, and trace contaminants that cannot be substantiated
on a technical, benefit, or cost basis. Some small-capacity
manufacturing facilities (where the process waste water flow is small
and slightly contaminated) can eliminate direct discharge to navigable
waters by contract disposal or discharge to municipal systems. This
will most probably be the most economic approach and will avoid costly
discharge monitoring and reporting procedures.
Effluent Loading Attainable with Control Technologies
Limitations and standards for BATEA are identical to those for BPCTCA
with the exception of the limitations for wet scrubbers. For BATEA
wet scrubbing waters should be recycled and the blowdown settled prior
to discharge. The BATEA limitations for wet scrubbing waters shall be
as follows:
Effluent Effluent
Characteristic ; Limitations
Maximum for Average of daily
any one day values for thirty
, consecutive days
. . i shall not exceed
(Metric units) kg/kkg of raw material
1eguivalent
TSS i.'o : 0.5
219
-------
(English units) lb/1000 j.b^of raw
equivalent
- TSS 1-0 ' : 0.5
Wet Diqestign_Reclaimed Rubber^
611* involves "cycling of waste water streams
« Process oils. The proposed modification is
schematically in Figure 9 (Section VII).
In a conventional wet digestion reclaiming process, the devulcaniz«=.<3
-' Ljg:f?
The dewatering liquor is sent to an agitated storage tank from which
it can be pumped back to the digestion make-up process?
The decant tank is equipped with an overflow
" °-
The recovered oils and organics from the decant tanks are sent to a
streams and to suspend rubber fines and prevenTthS? sStifng lT2£
digestion process without the recycle system. generated by CL
Effluent Loadincis Attainable with Control Technologies '. '
220
-------
Further treatment of effluent waste waters beyond BPCTCA is not
considered economically achievable by this economically marginal
segment of the rubber industry. Future changes in the profit margin
of reclaimers may warrant reevaluatidn, however, at this time BATEA
^limitations shall be equivalent to BPCTCA limitations.
-IHeaterlj Mechanical ^ and Dry pigestj.on peel aimed lubber
Subcategory
For this subcategory, the effluent limitations recommended for the
best available technology economically achievable are identical to
those for the best practicable technology currently available.
Although it is not feasible to recycle or reuse entirely the process
weiste waters, direct discharge to navigable waters can be eliminated
by employing the local municipal treatment system for the discharge of
those waste waters which wou^d benefit from secondary treatment.
Contract haulage of contaminated waste is not generally feasible since
the volumes involved in this industry are considerable.
Latex-Based Products
Subcategory J
Waste water pollutants are substantially reduced by BPCTCA. Further
reductions of COD may be possible, however indications are that the
effluent COD from biological treatment of latex dipped, molded, and
extruded plants may be less than that for the Latex Subcategory
(manufacture of latex rubber) after carbon adsorption-. Unless further
information is obtained, justifying additional treatment on an
environmental and economic basis, BATEA shall be equivalent to BPCTCA.
It is possible in some cases to reduce the effluent loading by
applying good- housekeeping and materials-handling procedures, such as
the containment and reduction of latex washdown waters; however, the
extent of the effect of these measures cannot be anticipated.
Municipal systems can be used to treat the residual contamination of
the process wastes, thereby eliminating direct discharge to navigable
waiters. ; .
Subcategory K
The BATEA treatment (equivalent to EPCTCA) for the latex foam industry
is based on studies made by the^ only operating latex foam plant in the
industry. In brief, it involves biological treatment using an
activated sludge process. The activated sludge process is selected in
this instance since it is the most feasible and economic biological
treatment approach (based on the high BOD loading of latex foam waste
waters after primary treatment) . The treatment system is
schematically represented in Figure 12. - .
22]
-------
1±quor
settled in the secondary clarifier
A drum-type vacuum filter separates thickened sludge into:
l>elt conveyor to a
2.
A filtrate that 'is recycled to the neutralization basin.
222 ,
-------
The dewatered sludge cake is biologically stable and can be disposed
of to a sanitary landfill. Filter aid and precoat tanks, pumps and
metering equipment may be required to assist and maintain the quality
of the filtrate. • ;
Effluent Loading Attainable with Control Technologies
Currently, there is only one known latex foam plant. This plant is
negotiating to be permitted to discharge to a municipal system.
Further analysis of technology beyond BPCTCA is considered
unnecessary, it is doubtful that new plants will be built, other
latex foam plants have existed, but were economically forced to close
mainly from polyurethane completion. If other plants do begin to
manufacture latex foam, a reevaluation cf both BPCTCA and BATEA would
be warranted. Process differences and plant size would be major
factors to reconsider. ;
223
-------
SECTION XI
NEW-SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Effluent_Limitatiohs |
General Molded^ Extruded^ and Fabricated Rubber Subcategories
for new sources are identical to the best
With 8tri<*er limitatons aAd ts
w?^^St£iCter "•f^j™- Some new plants? as"
will not be economically capable of achieving further
cfiS£ha-9e' '5* theref^e- ^ generaT feSSiS
can be imposed upon new sources.
Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Subcategory
Technological and economic restraints resulting from air and water
pollution problems point to the eventual phasing out of the wl?
SSriSeP2TSf;p,J?00rdin9 t0 industry ^kesman, no new facilitSs
using the wet digestion process are planned for the future. In fact
lo chan^ieS*-USi^ th€ Pr°CrS either have a^«ady chafed or plan
A^corS^^fv 2 thS Pan'* dry di9estion» or mechanical process?
Accordingly, new-source performance standards shall be equivalent to
best practicable control technology currently available N^W
n the
or mechanical process.
JHeaterl^. Mechanical^ and ^y. Digestion Rubber Reclaiming
Effluent limitations for new sources are identical to the best
£5° ^bJ^°ntr01 technolo5Y Currently available? ?hese standards
SSo^ii Jff I1? are Presented in section IX of this report. NO new
process alterations are known at this time which would enable a new
source to achieve stricter limitations.
Latex-Based Products Subcateaory
1imitfJi°nf f°r Subcategory J and K, new sources are
^the beSt Practicable control technology currently
X os rennJ^6 *tandards and limitations are presented in Section
wWoh «^?^ P ^* new Process alterations are known at this time
which would enable a new source to achieve stricter limitations.
225
-------
gretreatment Recommendations
** giV6n t0 «ew Production facil-
-a-ent
Iron,
Molded,. Extruded and fabricated Rubber Products Subcategories
for Process waste waters from Subcategories E
get Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Subcateqory
C0ntf01f for Process waste waters from Subcategory H
'
«~'» fr -
'to Di^stion geclaimed Rubber
226
fe
-------
Latex-Based Products Subcatecrory
Reconunended pretreatment of process waste waters from Subcategory J
and Subcategory K facilities include coagulation and clarification of
solids-laden waste water. In addition, precipitation procedures are
required to remove any chromium in Subcategory J waste waters and zinc
in Subcategory K waste waters.
227
-------
SECTION XII
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . .
Inc °WestnCh dl"aft °f th1S document was PrePared by Roy F. Weston.
DaJld0^"*96^^
The Environmental Protection Agency wishes to acknowledae " th*
"SfSJl dnH°f fhe°ff1ce:s and Plant penSSl In the rSbblr Indus 2?
U£r£« Valu!ble/ss1stance 1n the collection of data relating to
process raw waste load and treatment plant performance at
rubber processing facilities. Special aclcnowlIdgEtS 2d!
. ,
'
,
s±a
229
-------
SECTION XIII ,
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY
Shreve, R.N;, "Chemical Process Industries," CPI", New York: McGraw-
Hill, "Inc., 1967.
Standen, A. ed., "Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology;
Vol» 17", New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1968.
•"Rubber Industry Facts", New York: Rubber Manufacturers Association,
1972.
"Air Flotation-Biological Oxidation of Synthetic Rubber and Latex
Wastewater". Lake Charles, Louisiana: Firestone Synthetic Rubber
and Latex Company, October 15, 1972. |
Rostenback, R.E., "Status Report: on Synthetic Rubber Wastes." sewage
and Industrial Waste, Vol. 21, No. 9, September 1952, 1138-11U3.
Placek, O.R. and Ruchhoft, C.C., "A Study of Wastes from the Synthetic
Rubber Industry." Sewage and Industrial^Waste, Vol. 18, No. 6,
November 1946, 1160-1181. :
Martin, A.E. and Rostenback, R.E., "Industrial Waste Treatment and
Disposal." Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, Vol. «t5. No. 12,
December 1953, 2680-2685. !
Dougan, L.D. and Bell, J.C., "Waste Disposal at a Synthetic Rubber Plant."
sewage and Industrial Wastes, Vol. 23, No. 2, February 1951, 181-187.
"A Study of Pollution Control Practices in Manufacturing Industries."
Marketing Services Division, Research Services Department* Dun and
Bradstreet, Inc., Jufie 1971.
Hebbard, G.M., Powell, S.T. and Rostenback, R.E., "Rubber Industry'".
Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, Vol. 39, No. 5, May 1947, 589-595.
Nemerow, N.L., "Theories and Practices of Industrial Waste Treatment",
New York: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 1963.
Alliger, G. and Weissert, F.C., !"Elastomers." Industrial and
Chemistry, Vol. 59, No. 8, August 1967, 80-90.
Montgomery, D.R., "Integrated System for Plant Wastes Combats Stream
Pollution." Chemical Engineeriag. Vol. 63, No. Ht February 1967,
108-110. ;
Ruebensaal, C.F., "The Rubber.Industry Statistical Report and Changing
Markets and Manufacturing Patterns in the Synthetic Rubber Industry."
231
-------
New York: International Institute of Synthetic Rubber Producers, Inc.,
1972.
^Hofmanri, W., "Vulcanization and Vulcanizing Agents", New York: Palmerton
Publishing Co., Inc., 1967. .
Hawley, G.G., "The Condensed Chemical Dictionary", New York; Reinhold
Co., 1971. ;
Lund, H.F., ed., "Industrial Pollution Control Handbook", New York:
McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1971.
"Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes." Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, National Environmental Research Center, Analytical Quality
Control Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1971.
» . i
Taras, M.J., ed.. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater; American Public~Health Association, Washington, D.C., 1971.
Water; Atmospheric Analysis, Part 23, "Standard Method of Test of Bio-
chemical Oxygen Demand of Industrial .Water and Industrial Wastewater."
1970 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, American Society of Testing and
Materials, Philadelphia, -Pennsylvania, 1970.
Eckenfelder, W.W., "Industrial Water Pollution Control", New York:
McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1963.
"Rubber Products Handbook, Molded, Extruded Lathe Cut, Cellular", 3rd ed.,
Rubber Manufacturers Association, December 1970.
"Sheet Rubber Handbook, Gasket and Packing Materials", 2nd ed., Rubber
Manufacturers Association, September ;1968.
"Hose Handbook", 3rd ed., Rubber Manufacturers Association, October 1970.
I Noble, E.E. and Amendole, G.A., "Zinc Removal from A Rubber Reclaiming
.; Operation", unpublished internal B.F. Goodrich report to James Lewis.
| Perry, J.H., ed., "Chemical Engineers• Handbook", 4th ed., New York:
\ McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1963.
: ,.,._,. ;
Water Quality Criteria 1972. National Academy of Sciences
and National Academy of Engineering for the Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. 1972 (U.S. Govt. Printing
Office, Stock No. 5501-00520) . '.
232
-------
SECTION XIV
GLOSSARY
Accelerator Agent:
A compound which greatly reduces the time required for vulcanization of
synthetic or natural rubber.
Act
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as Amended.
Activator '
A metallic oxide that makes possible the crosslinking of sulfur in
rubber vulcanization.
Antioxidant '
An organic compound added to rubber to retard oxidation or deterioration.
Anti-tack Agent
A substance used to prevent rubber stocks from sticking together during
periods of storage.
Bag House
•v
An air emission control device used to collect intermediate and large
particles (greater than 29 microns) in a bag filter. (A bag filter
constructed of fabric.) Common usage in the industry is to control and
recover carbon black in a dry state from vapors leaving the compouridina
area. :
Banbury Mixer
Trade name for a common internal mixer manufactured by Farrel Corporation
used in the compounding and mixing of tire rubber stock,
Best Available Demonstrated Control Technology
Treatment required for new sources as defined by Section 306 of the Act
Best Available Technology Economically Achieyable^BATEA^
Treatment required by July 1, 1983 for industrial discharges to surface
wctters as defined by Section 301 (b) (2) (A) of the Act.
233
-------
SrentlvAyailable
Treatment required bv
waters as delined ^
BOD5 . . ]
I
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (5 day) .
to surface
Polymerization of isobutylene
Camelback
Tire tread used in the retreading of tire carcasses.
Cagitaijcosts I
i
Financial charges in August 1971 dcllaT-« «h,-~K
of capital times the capital expendi£urL 5 *tf comPute<3 as the cost
of capital is assumed to £ iJS Pollution control, cost
oonpolklds
garbon Black
A reinforcing agent used in large ^antities in
at
Cement
">* «-»- * to proceed
consisti^ of polymeric rubber solids dissolved in
°r ^^egation of previously e^sified partides into a
COD . i
Chemical Oxygen Demand. -
Crumb ••''.'
small coagulated particles' of synthetic rubber.
234
-------
Curing Agents !
Curing or vulcanization agents are substances which bring about the
rubber cross linking process. The most important agent is sulfur.
vulcanization.)
Depreciation - ',
Accounting charges reflecting the deterioration of a capital asset over
its useful life. Reported as straight line over five years with a:ero
salvage value. '.
Devulcanization
The term is used to describe the softening of a vulcanizate
by heat and chemical additives during reclaiming. -
Pry Air-Pollution Control ! -
The technique of air pollution abatement without the use of water.
Emulsion •'
A stable mixture of two or more immiscible liquids held in suspension by
small percentage of substances called emulsifiers.
Endogenous Respiration
Auto-oxidation of the microorganisms producing a reduction and stabilization
of biological solids.
EPDM
A synthetic rubber based on ethylene-propylene and a controlled amount
of non-conjugated diene. Polymerization is carried out in solution.
Extender .-..'.
A low specific gravity substance used in rubber formulations chiefly to
reduce costs.
Extrude | :
To shape by forcing a material through a die. The operation is carried
out in a device kncwn as an extruder.
A high specific gravity (2. 00-4. ,50) compound used in rubber mixtures to
provide a certain degree of stiffness and hardness and used to decrease
235
L
-------
costs. Fillers have neither reinforcing or coloring properties and are
similar to extenders in their cost-reducing function.
Flash ;
The overflow of cured rubber from a mold. - |
Gallons per minute.
IR . : . .
Poly isoprene rubber, the major component of natural rubber, made syn-
thetically by the solution polymerization of isoprene.
[
Investment Costs
The capital expenditures reported in August 1971 dollars required to
bring the treatment or control technology into operation. Included are
expenditures for design, site preparation, purchase of materials, con-
struction and installation. Not included is the purchase of land on
which the system is to be built.
Liter
Iiatex
A suspension of rubber particles in' a water solution. Coagulation of
the rubber is prevented by protective colloids. A protective colloid is
a surface-active substance that prevents a dispersed phase of a .suspension
from coalescing by forming a thin layer on the surface of each particle.
Masterbatch !
A compounded rubber stock applicable to a wide variety of uses. Main
ingredients are rubber, carbon black and extender oil.
mcr/1 ' :
Milligrams per liter. :
i
Modifier '. " -
An additive which adjusts the chain length and molecular weight dis-
tribution of the rubber during polymerization.
236
-------
Monomer
NBR
New Source
after the publication of e
Non-Produff^.ive_Rubber Stock
Hon-React.ive_Rubber Stock
Operations and
PER
rUbber' a
BE
lower pH indicates acidiy;
Pigment
e"ttlslon
of
iS
c rubber «aae by soiution I polymerisation
•
indicates alkalinity and a
237
-------
Plastic ; •
Capable of being shaped or molded with or without the application of
heat.
Process_Water
All waters that come into direct contact with the raw materials and inter-
mediate products.
Productive Rubber Stock
Compounded rubber which contains curing agents and which can be vulcan-
ized. Synonym for reactive rubber stock.
Raw Material Equivalent
The term raw material equivalent shall be equal to the raw material
usage multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers
divided by the total volume of air scrubbed. - ' ,
Reactive Rubber Stock '
Compounded rubber which contains curing agents and which can be vulcan-
ized. Synonym for productive rubber stock.
'"'.'.• - i
Reclaimed Rubber ; i
Depolymerized (plasticized) scrap rubber, either natural or synthetic.
Reinforcers or Reinforcing Agents
Fine powders used to increase the strength, hardness and abrasion
resistance of rubber. Reinforcing agents used in the rubber processing
include carbon black, zinc oxide, and hydrated silicas.
Rotacure ;
Trade name for a common curing press;
SBR . .
Styrene butadiene rubber. A synthetic rubber made either by emulsion or
solution polymerization of styrene and butadiene.
Soapstone
A substance used to prevent rubber stocks from
sticking together during periods of storage. Used in both a dry and
solution form. The major ingredient is usually clay.
238
-------
Solution ;
A uniformly dispersed mixture at the molecular level of one or more
substances in one or more other substances.
Stripper . :
< • " • r
A device in which relatively volatile components are removed from a
mixture by distillation or by passage of steam through the mixture.
A division of a particular industry which possesses different traits
« which affect water quality and treatability.
Surface Waters "
The waters of the United States including the territorial seas.
Vulcanization
' Vulcanization is the process by which plastic rubber is converted into
' the elastic rubber or hard rubber state. The process is brought about
/ by linking of macro-molecules at their reactive sites.
Wet Air-Pollution Control
The technique of air pollution abatement utilizing water! as an
absorptive media.
'239
-------
TABLE 44
CONVERSION TABLE '
MULTIPLY (ENGLISH UNITS) by TO OBTAIN (METRIC UNITS)
ENGLISH UNIT ABBREVIATION CONVERSION ABBREVIATION METRIC UNIT
acre ac
acre - feet ac ft
British Thermal
Unit BTU
British Thermal
Unit/pound BTU/lb
cubic feet/rninute cfm
.;cubic feet/second cfs
cubic feet cu ft
cubic feet • cu ft
cubic inches cu in
degree Fahrenheit °F
feet ft
gallon gal
gallon/minute gpm
horsepower hp
Inches in
Inches of mercury in Hg
pounds Ib
million gallons/day mgd
mile mi
pound/square
inch (gauge) psig
square feet sq ft
square inches sq in
ton (short) ton
yard .yd
* Actual conversion, not a multiplier
0.405
1233.5
0.252
0.555 :
0.028
1.7 i
0.028
•28.32 ;
16.39
0.555(°F-32)*
0.3048:
3.785
0.0631
0.74571
2.54 ;
0.03342
0.454
3,785
1.609 :
i
(0.06805 psig +1)*
0.0929
6.452
0.907
0.9144.
ha
cu m
kg cal
kg cal /kg
cu m/min
cu m/min
cu m
1
cu cm
°C
m
1
I/sec
kw
cm
atm
kg
cu m/day
km
atm
sq m
sq cm
kkg
m
hectares
cubic meters
kilogram - calories
kilogram calories/kilogram
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters
liters
cubic centimeters
degree Centigrade
meters
liters
liters/second
klllowatts
centimeters
atmospheres
kilograms
cubic meters/day
kilometer
atmospheres (absolute)
square meters
square centimeters
metric ton (1000 kilograms)
meter
240
* U.S.WVW»«IOtT nHimie CTOL117$- 582-421/255
------- |